Skip site navigation (1)Skip section navigation (2)

FreeBSD Manual Pages

  
 
  

home | help
XTERM(1)			X Window System			      XTERM(1)

NAME
       xterm - terminal	emulator for X

SYNOPSIS
       xterm [-toolkitoption ...] [-option ...]	[shell]

DESCRIPTION
       The xterm program is a terminal emulator	for the	X Window System.  It
       provides	DEC VT102/VT220	and selected features from higher-level
       terminals such as VT320/VT420/VT520 (VTxxx).  It	also provides
       Tektronix 4014 emulation	for programs that cannot use the window	system
       directly.  If the underlying operating system supports terminal
       resizing	capabilities (for example, the SIGWINCH	signal in systems
       derived from 4.3BSD), xterm will	use the	facilities to notify programs
       running in the window whenever it is resized.

       The VTxxx and Tektronix 4014 terminals each have	their own window so
       that you	can edit text in one and look at graphics in the other at the
       same time.  To maintain the correct aspect ratio	(height/width),
       Tektronix graphics will be restricted to	the largest box	with a 4014's
       aspect ratio that will fit in the window.  This box is located in the
       upper left area of the window.

       Although	both windows may be displayed at the same time,	one of them is
       considered the "active" window for receiving keyboard input and
       terminal	output.	 This is the window that contains the text cursor.
       The active window can be	chosen through escape sequences, the VT
       Options menu in the VTxxx window, and the Tek Options menu in the 4014
       window.

EMULATIONS
       Xterm provides usable emulations	of related DEC terminals:

          VT52	emulation is complete.

          VT102 emulation is fairly complete, but does	not support autorepeat
	   (because that would affect the keyboard used	by other X clients).

	   Double-size	characters  are	displayed properly if your font	server
	   supports scalable bitmap fonts.

          VT220 emulation does	 not  support  soft  fonts,  it	 is  otherwise
	   complete.

          VT420  emulation  (the  default) supports controls for manipulating
	   rectangles of characters as well as left/right margins.

	   Xterm does not support some other features which are	 not  suitable
	   for emulation, e.g.,	two-sessions.

       Terminal	 database (terminfo (5)	or termcap (5))	entries	that work with
       xterm include

	      an optional platform-specific entry ("xterm"),
	      "xterm",
	      "vt102",
	      "vt100",
	      "ansi" and
	      "dumb"

       Xterm automatically searches the	terminal database in  this  order  for
       these  entries  and  then  sets	the "TERM" variable (and the "TERMCAP"
       environment variable on a few older systems).  The  alternatives	 after
       "xterm" are very	old, from the late 1980s.

       VT100  and  VT102 emulations are	commonly equated, though they actually
       differ.	The VT102 provided controls for	inserting and deleting lines.

       Similarly, "ansi" and "vt100" are often equated.	 These are not	really
       the same.  For instance,	they use different controls for	scrolling (but
       xterm  supports	both).	 These	features  differ in an "ansi" terminal
       description from	xterm:

       acsc
	       Pseudo-graphics (line-drawing) uses a different mapping.

       xenl
	       Xterm wraps text	at the right margin using the  VT100  "newline
	       glitch" behavior.

       Because	of  the	 wrapping  behavior,  you  would  occasionally have to
       repaint	the  screen  when  using  a  text  editor  with	  the	"ansi"
       description.

       You  may	 also  use descriptions	corresponding to the various supported
       emulations such as "vt220" or  "vt420", but  should  set	 the  terminal
       emulation level with the	decTerminalID resource.

       On  most	 systems,  xterm  will	use the	terminfo database.  Some older
       systems use termcap.  (The "TERMCAP" environment	variable is not	set if
       xterm is	 linked	 against  a  terminfo  library,	 since	the  requisite
       information  is	not  provided  by  the	termcap	 emulation of terminfo
       libraries).

       Many of the special  xterm  features  may  be  modified	under  program
       control	through	 a set of escape sequences different from the standard
       VTxxx escape sequences (see Xterm Control Sequences).

       The Tektronix 4014 emulation is also fairly good.  It  supports	12-bit
       graphics	 addressing,  scaled  to the window size.  Four	different font
       sizes and five different	lines types are	supported.  There is no	write-
       through or defocused mode support.  The	Tektronix  text	 and  graphics
       commands	 are recorded internally by xterm and may be written to	a file
       by sending the COPY escape sequence (or through the Tektronix menu; see
       below).	The name of the	file will be

	   "COPYyyyy-MM-dd.hh:mm:ss"

       where yyyy, MM, dd, hh, mm and ss  are  the  year,  month,  day,	 hour,
       minute  and  second when	the COPY was performed (the file is created in
       the directory xterm is started in, or the home directory	 for  a	 login
       xterm).

       Not  all	 of  the  features  described  in  this	manual are necessarily
       available  in  this  version  of	 xterm.	  Some	(e.g.,	the  non-VT220
       extensions)  are	 available  only  if they were compiled	in, though the
       most commonly-used are in the default configuration.

OTHER FEATURES
       Xterm automatically highlights the text cursor when the pointer	enters
       the  window  (selected) and unhighlights	it when	the pointer leaves the
       window (unselected).  If	the window is the focus	window,	then the  text
       cursor is highlighted no	matter where the pointer is.

       In VTxxx	mode, there are	escape sequences to activate and deactivate an
       alternate  screen buffer, which is the same size	as the display area of
       the window.  When activated, the	current	screen is saved	 and  replaced
       with the	alternate screen.  Saving of lines scrolled off	the top	of the
       window  is  disabled  until  the	 normal	screen is restored.  The usual
       terminal	description for	xterm allows the visual	editor vi(1) to	switch
       to the alternate	screen for editing and to restore the screen on	 exit.
       A  popup	 menu  entry  makes it simple to switch	between	the normal and
       alternate screens for cut and paste.

       In either VTxxx or Tektronix mode, there	are escape sequences to	change
       the name	of the windows.	 Additionally, in VTxxx	mode, xterm implements
       the window-manipulation control sequences from dtterm, such as resizing
       the window, setting its location	on the screen.

       Xterm allows  character-based  applications  to	receive	 mouse	events
       (currently  button-press	 and release events, and button-motion events)
       as  keyboard  control  sequences.   See	Xterm  Control	Sequences  for
       details.

OPTIONS
       Because	xterm  uses  the  X Toolkit library, it	accepts	the standard X
       Toolkit command line options.  Xterm  also  accepts  many  application-
       specific	options.

       By  convention,	if  an	option begins with a "+" instead of a "-", the
       option is restored to its default value.

       Most of the xterm options are actually parsed by	the X  Toolkit,	 which
       sets  resource values, and overrides corresponding resource-settings in
       your X resource files.  Xterm provides the X Toolkit with  a  table  of
       options.	  A  few  of these are marked, telling the X Toolkit to	ignore
       them (-help, -version, -class, -e, and -into).  After the X Toolkit has
       parsed the command-line parameters, it removes those which it  handles,
       leaving the specially-marked parameters for xterm to handle.

       These options do	not set	a resource value, and are handled specially:

       -version
	       This  causes  xterm  to	print a	version	number to the standard
	       output, and then	exit.

       -help   This causes xterm to print out a	verbose	message	describing its
	       options,	one per	line.  The message is written to the  standard
	       output.	 After	printing  the  message,	 xterm	exits.	 Xterm
	       generates  this	message,  sorting  it  and  noting  whether  a
	       "-option"  or  a	 "+option"  turns the feature on or off, since
	       some features historically have been one	or the	other.	 Xterm
	       generates  a  concise  help message (multiple options per line)
	       when an unknown option is used, e.g.,

		   xterm -z

	       If the logic for	a particular option such  as  logging  is  not
	       compiled	 into xterm, the help text for that option also	is not
	       displayed by the	-help option.

       The -version and	-help options are interpreted  even  if	 xterm	cannot
       open the	display, and are useful	for testing and	configuration scripts.
       Along  with -class, they	are checked before other options.  To do this,
       xterm has its own (much simpler)	argument parser, along with a table of
       the X Toolkit's built-in	list of	options.

       Relying upon the	X Toolkit to parse the options and  associated	values
       has  the	 advantages  of	 simplicity  and  good	integration with the X
       resource	mechanism.  There are a	few drawbacks

          Xterm cannot	tell easily whether a resource value was set by	one of
	   the external	resource- or application-defaults  files,  whether  it
	   was	set using xrdb(1), or if it was	set through the	-xrm option or
	   via some directly relevant command-line option.   Xterm  sees  only
	   the end-result: a value supplied when creating its widgets.

          Xterm does not know the order in which particular options and items
	   in resource files are evaluated.  Rather, it	sees all of the	values
	   for	a  given  widget  at  the  same	 time.	In the design of these
	   options, some are deemed more important,  and  can  override	 other
	   options.

	   The	X  Toolkit  uses  patterns  (constants and wildcards) to match
	   resources.  Once a particular pattern has been used,	 it  will  not
	   modify  it.	 To  override a	given setting, a more-specific pattern
	   must	be used, e.g., replacing "*" with ".".	 Some  poorly-designed
	   resource  files  are	too specific to	allow the command-line options
	   to affect the relevant widget values.

          In a	few cases, the X Toolkit combines its standard options in ways
	   which do not	work well with xterm.  This  happens  with  the	 color
	   (-fg,  -bg)	and reverse (-rv) options.  Xterm makes	a special case
	   of these  and  adjusts  its	sense  of  "reverse"  to  lessen  user
	   surprise.

       One parameter (after all	options) may be	given.	That overrides xterm's
       built-in	choice of shell	program:

          If  the parameter is	not a relative path, i.e., beginning with "./"
	   or "../", xterm looks for the file in the user's PATH.   In	either
	   case, this check fails if xterm cannot construct an absolute	path.

          If  that check fails	(or if no such parameter is given), xterm next
	   checks the "SHELL" variable.	 If that specifies an executable file,
	   xterm will attempt to  start	 that.	 However,  xterm  additionally
	   checks if it	is a valid shell, and will unset "SHELL" if it is not.

          If "SHELL" is not set to an executable file,	xterm tries to use the
	   shell  program  specified  in  the  user's password file entry.  As
	   before, xterm verifies if this is a valid shell.

          Finally, if the password file entry does not	specify	a valid	shell,
	   xterm uses /bin/sh.

       The -e option cannot be used with this  parameter  since	 it  uses  all
       parameters following the	option.

       Xterm  validates	 shell	programs by finding their pathname in the text
       file /etc/shells.  It treats the	environment variable "SHELL" specially
       because (like "TERM"), xterm both reads and updates the	variable,  and
       because the program started by xterm is not necessarily a shell.

       The other options are used to control the appearance and	behavior.  Not
       all options are necessarily configured into your	copy of	xterm:

       -132    Normally,  the  VT102  DECCOLM  escape  sequence	 that switches
	       between 80 and 132 column mode is ignored.  This	option	causes
	       the  DECCOLM  escape  sequence  to be recognized, and the xterm
	       window will resize appropriately.

       -ah     This option indicates that xterm	should	always	highlight  the
	       text  cursor.   By  default,  xterm  will display a hollow text
	       cursor whenever the focus is lost or  the  pointer  leaves  the
	       window.

       +ah     This   option  indicates	 that  xterm  should  do  text	cursor
	       highlighting based on focus.

       -ai     This option disables active icon	support	if  that  feature  was
	       compiled	 into  xterm.  This is equivalent to setting the vt100
	       resource	activeIcon to "false".

       +ai     This option enables active icon support	if  that  feature  was
	       compiled	 into  xterm.  This is equivalent to setting the vt100
	       resource	activeIcon to "true".

       -aw     This option indicates that auto-wraparound should  be  allowed,
	       and  is	equivalent  to	setting	the vt100 resource autoWrap to
	       "true".

	       Auto-wraparound allows the cursor to automatically wrap to  the
	       beginning of the	next line when it is at	the rightmost position
	       of a line and text is output.

       +aw     This  option  indicates	that  auto-wraparound  should  not  be
	       allowed,	and  is	 equivalent  to	 setting  the  vt100  resource
	       autoWrap	to "false".

       -b number
	       This  option  specifies	the  size  of  the  inner  border (the
	       distance	between	the outer  edge	 of  the  characters  and  the
	       window  border)	in  pixels.   That is the vt100	internalBorder
	       resource.  The default is "2".

       -barc   This option, corresponding to the cursorBar resource, makes the
	       cursor a	bar instead of a box.

       +barc   This option, corresponding to the cursorBar resource, makes the
	       cursor a	box instead of a bar.

       -baudrate number
	       Set the line-speed, used	to test	the behavior  of  applications
	       that  use  the  line-speed  when	optimizing their output	to the
	       screen.	The default is "38400".

       -bc     turn on text cursor blinking.  This overrides  the  cursorBlink
	       resource.

       +bc     turn  off text cursor blinking.	This overrides the cursorBlink
	       resource.

       -bcf milliseconds
	       set the amount of time text cursor is off when blinking via the
	       cursorOffTime resource.

       -bcn milliseconds
	       set the amount of time text cursor is on	when blinking via  the
	       cursorOnTime resource.

       -bdc    Set  the	 vt100	resource colorBDMode to	"false", disabling the
	       display of characters with bold attribute as color.

       +bdc    Set the vt100 resource  colorBDMode  to	"true",	 enabling  the
	       display	of characters with bold	attribute as color rather than
	       bold.

       -cb     Set the vt100 resource cutToBeginningOfLine to "false".

       +cb     Set the vt100 resource cutToBeginningOfLine to "true".

       -cc characterclassrange:value[, ...]
	       This sets classes indicated by the given	ranges	for  using  in
	       selecting  by  words  (see  CHARACTER CLASSES and the charClass
	       resource).

       -cjk_width
	       Set  the	 cjkWidth  resource  to	 "true".   When	  turned   on,
	       characters  with	 East  Asian  Ambiguous	(A) category in	UTR 11
	       have a column width of 2.  Otherwise, they have a column	 width
	       of  1.	This  may be useful for	some legacy CJK	text terminal-
	       based programs assuming box  drawings  and  others  to  have  a
	       column  width  of  2.   It  also	 should	 be turned on when you
	       specify a TrueType CJK double-width  (bi-width/monospace)  font
	       either  with -fa	at the command line or faceName	resource.  The
	       default is "false"

       +cjk_width
	       Reset the cjkWidth resource.

       -class string
	       This option allows you  to  override  xterm's  resource	class.
	       Normally	it is "XTerm", but can be set to another class such as
	       "UXTerm"	to override selected resources.

	       X  Toolkit  sets	 the WM_CLASS property using the instance name
	       and this	class value.

       -cm     This option disables recognition	of  ANSI  color-change	escape
	       sequences.  It sets the colorMode resource to "false".

       +cm     This  option  enables  recognition  of ANSI color-change	escape
	       sequences.  This	is the same as the vt100 resource colorMode.

       -cn     This option indicates that newlines should not be cut in	 line-
	       mode selections.	 It sets the cutNewline	resource to "false".

       +cn     This  option indicates that newlines should be cut in line-mode
	       selections.  It sets the	cutNewline resource to "true".

       -cr color
	       This option specifies the color to use for  text	 cursor.   The
	       default	is  to	use the	same foreground	color that is used for
	       text.  It  sets	the  cursorColor  resource  according  to  the
	       parameter.

       -cu     This  option  indicates	that xterm should work around a	bug in
	       the more(1) program that	causes it to incorrectly display lines
	       that are	exactly	the width of the window	and are	followed by  a
	       line beginning with a tab (the leading tabs are not displayed).
	       This option is so named because it was originally thought to be
	       a bug in	the curses(3x) cursor motion package.

       +cu     This  option  indicates	that  xterm should not work around the
	       more(1) bug mentioned above.

       -dc     This option disables the	 escape	 sequence  to  change  dynamic
	       colors:	the  vt100  foreground and background colors, its text
	       cursor color, the  pointer  cursor  foreground  and  background
	       colors,	 the  Tektronix	 emulator  foreground  and  background
	       colors, its text	cursor color and highlight color.  The	option
	       sets the	dynamicColors option to	"false".

       +dc     This  option  enables  the  escape  sequence  to	change dynamic
	       colors.	The option sets	the dynamicColors option to "true".

       -e program [ arguments ... ]
	       This  option  specifies	the  program  (and  its	 command  line
	       arguments)  to  be  run	in the xterm window.  It also sets the
	       window title and	icon name to be	the basename  of  the  program
	       being  executed	if  neither -T nor -n are given	on the command
	       line.

	       NOTE: This must be the last option on the command line.

       -en encoding
	       This option determines the encoding on which  xterm  runs.   It
	       sets  the  locale  resource.   Encodings	 other	than UTF-8 are
	       supported by using luit.	 The -lc option	should be used instead
	       of -en for systems with locale support.

       -fa pattern
	       This option sets	 the  pattern  for  fonts  selected  from  the
	       FreeType	 library if support for	that library was compiled into
	       xterm.  This corresponds	to the faceName	resource.  When	a  CJK
	       double-width  font  is  specified, you also need	to turn	on the
	       cjkWidth	resource.

	       If you specify both -fa and the X Toolkit option	-fn,  the  -fa
	       setting overrides the latter.

	       See  also  the renderFont resource, which combines with this to
	       determine whether FreeType fonts	are initially active.

       -fb font
	       This option specifies a font to be used	when  displaying  bold
	       text.  It sets the boldFont resource.

	       This font must be the same height and width as the normal font,
	       otherwise  it  is  ignored.   If	only one of the	normal or bold
	       fonts is	specified, it will be used as the normal font and  the
	       bold font will be produced by overstriking this font.

	       See   also   the	 discussion  of	 boldMode  and	alwaysBoldMode
	       resources.

       -fbb    This option indicates that xterm	should compare normal and bold
	       fonts bounding boxes to ensure they are	compatible.   It  sets
	       the freeBoldBox resource	to "false".

       +fbb    This  option indicates that xterm should	not compare normal and
	       bold fonts bounding boxes to ensure they	 are  compatible.   It
	       sets the	freeBoldBox resource to	"true".

       -fbx    This  option  indicates	that  xterm should not assume that the
	       normal and bold fonts have VT100	line-drawing  characters.   If
	       any  are	 missing, xterm	will draw the characters directly.  It
	       sets the	forceBoxChars resource to "false".

       +fbx    This option indicates that xterm	should assume that the	normal
	       and bold	fonts have VT100 line-drawing characters.  It sets the
	       forceBoxChars resource to "true".

       -fc fontchoice
	       Specify the initial font	chosen from the	font menu.  The	option
	       value corresponds to the	initialFont resource.

       -fd pattern
	       This  option  sets  the pattern for double-width	fonts selected
	       from the	FreeType library  if  support  for  that  library  was
	       compiled	   into	   xterm.     This    corresponds    to	   the
	       faceNameDoublesize resource.

       -fi font
	       This option sets	the font for active icons if that feature  was
	       compiled	into xterm.

	       See also	the discussion of the iconFont resource.

       -fs size
	       This  option  sets  the	pointsize  for fonts selected from the
	       FreeType	library	if support for that library was	compiled  into
	       xterm.  This corresponds	to the faceSize	resource.

       -fullscreen
	       This  option indicates that xterm should	ask the	window manager
	       to let it use the full-screen for display, e.g.,	without	window
	       decorations.  It	sets the fullscreen resource to	"true".

       +fullscreen
	       This option indicates that xterm	 should	 not  ask  the	window
	       manager to let it use the full-screen for display.  It sets the
	       fullscreen resource to "false".

       -fw font
	       This  option  specifies the font	to be used for displaying wide
	       text.  By default, it will attempt to use a font	twice as  wide
	       as  the	font  that  will  be  used to draw normal text.	 If no
	       double-width font is found, it will  improvise,	by  stretching
	       the normal font.	 This corresponds to the wideFont resource.

       -fwb font
	       This  option  specifies the font	to be used for displaying bold
	       wide text.  By default, it will attempt to use a	font twice  as
	       wide  as	 the  font that	will be	used to	draw bold text.	 If no
	       double-width font is found, it will  improvise,	by  stretching
	       the bold	font.  This corresponds	to the wideBoldFont resource.

       -fx font
	       This  option  specifies	the font to be used for	displaying the
	       preedit string in the "OverTheSpot" input method.

	       See also	the discussion of the ximFont resource.

       -hc color
	       (see -selbg).

       -hf     This option indicates that HP function key escape codes	should
	       be  generated  for  function  keys.  It sets the	hpFunctionKeys
	       resource	to "true".

       +hf     This option indicates that HP function key escape codes	should
	       not be generated	for function keys.  It sets the	hpFunctionKeys
	       resource	to "false".

       -hm     Tells  xterm  to	 use  highlightTextColor and highlightColor to
	       override	 the  reversed	foreground/background  colors	in   a
	       selection.  It sets the highlightColorMode resource to "true".

       +hm     Tells xterm not to use highlightTextColor and highlightColor to
	       override	  the	reversed  foreground/background	 colors	 in  a
	       selection.  It sets the highlightColorMode resource to "false".

       -hold   Turn on the hold	resource, i.e.,	 xterm	will  not  immediately
	       destroy	its  window when the shell command completes.  It will
	       wait until you use  the	window	manager	 to  destroy/kill  the
	       window,	or  if	you  use  the menu entries that	send a signal,
	       e.g., HUP or KILL.

       +hold   Turn off	 the  hold  resource,  i.e.,  xterm  will  immediately
	       destroy its window when the shell command completes.

       -ie     Turn  on	 the  ptyInitialErase  resource, i.e., use the pseudo-
	       terminal's sense	of the stty(1) erase value.

       +ie     Turn off	the ptyInitialErase resource, i.e., set	the stty erase
	       value  using  the  kb  string  from  the	 termcap  entry	 as  a
	       reference, if available.

       -im     Turn  on	the useInsertMode resource, which forces use of	insert
	       mode by adding appropriate entries to the  TERMCAP  environment
	       variable.   (This  option  is  ignored on most systems, because
	       TERMCAP is not used).

       +im     Turn off	the useInsertMode resource.

       -into windowId
	       Given  an  X  window  identifier	 (an  integer,	which  can  be
	       hexadecimal,  octal  or	decimal	according to whether it	begins
	       with "0x", "0" or neither), xterm will reparent	its  top-level
	       shell  widget  to  that	window.	  This	is used	to embed xterm
	       within other applications.

	       For instance, there are scripts for Tcl/Tk and Gtk which	can be
	       used to demonstrate the feature.	 When using Gtk,  there	 is  a
	       limitation   of	 that  toolkit	which  requires	 that  xterm's
	       allowSendEvents resource	is enabled.

       -itc    Set the vt100 resource colorITMode to  "false",	disabling  the
	       display of characters with italic attribute as color.

       +itc    Set  the	 vt100	resource  colorITMode  to "true", enabling the
	       display of characters with italic  attribute  as	 color	rather
	       than italic.

       -j      This  option indicates that xterm should	do jump	scrolling.  It
	       corresponds to the  jumpScroll  resource.   Normally,  text  is
	       scrolled	 one  line at a	time; this option allows xterm to move
	       multiple	lines at a time	so  that  it  does  not	 fall  as  far
	       behind.	 Its  use is strongly recommended since	it makes xterm
	       much faster when	scanning through large amounts of  text.   The
	       VT100 escape sequences for enabling and disabling smooth	scroll
	       as well as the VT Options menu can be used to turn this feature
	       on or off.

       +j      This option indicates that xterm	should not do jump scrolling.

       -jf     When  doing  jump-scrolling or related indexing,	e.g., carriage
	       returns,	xterm will defer flushing screen-updates,  to  improve
	       speed.  This corresponds	to the fastScroll resource.

       +jf     When  doing  jump-scrolling or related indexing,	e.g., carriage
	       returns,	xterm  will  not  defer	 flushing  screen-updates,  to
	       improve speed.  This corresponds	to the fastScroll resource.

       -k8     This   option   sets   the   allowC1Printable  resource.	  When
	       allowC1Printable	is set,	xterm  overrides  the  mapping	of  C1
	       control characters (code	128-159) to treat them as printable.

       +k8     This option resets the allowC1Printable resource.

       -kt keyboardtype
	       This  option  sets  the keyboardType resource.  Possible	values
	       include:	"unknown", "default", "legacy",	 "hp",	"sco",	"sun",
	       "tcap" and "vt220".

	       The  value  "unknown",  causes the corresponding	resource to be
	       ignored.

	       The value "default", suppresses the associated resources

	       hpFunctionKeys,
	       scoFunctionKeys,
	       sunFunctionKeys,
	       tcapFunctionKeys,
	       oldXtermFKeys and
	       sunKeyboard,

	       using the Sun/PC	keyboard layout.

       -l      Turn logging on,	unless disabled	by the logInhibit resource.

	       Some versions of	xterm  may  have  logging  enabled.   However,
	       normally	 logging is not	supported, due to security concerns in
	       the early 1990s.	 That was a  problem  in  X11R4	 xterm	(1989)
	       which  was  addressed  by a patch to X11R5 late in 1993.	 X11R6
	       included	these fixes.  The older	 version  (when	 running  with
	       root privilege) would create the	log file using root privilege.
	       The  reason  why	 xterm	ran  with  root	privileges was to open
	       pseudo-terminals.  Those	privileges are now needed only on very
	       old  systems:  Unix98  pseudo-terminals	made  the  BSD	scheme
	       unnecessary.

	       Unless overridden by the	-lf option or the logFile resource:

	          If  the  filename  is  "-",	then  logging  is  sent	to the
		   standard output.

	          Otherwise a filename	is generated,  and  the	 log  file  is
		   written to the directory from which xterm is	invoked.

	          The generated filename is of	the form

		       XtermLog.XXXXXX

		   or

		       Xterm.log.hostname.yyyy.mm.dd.hh.mm.ss.XXXXXX

		   depending on	how xterm was built.

       +l      Turn logging off.

       -lc     Turn  on	 support  of various encodings according to the	users'
	       locale setting, i.e., LC_ALL,  LC_CTYPE,	 or  LANG  environment
	       variables.   This  is  achieved by turning on UTF-8 mode	and by
	       invoking	luit  for  conversion  between	locale	encodings  and
	       UTF-8.	 (luit	 is  not  invoked  in  UTF-8  locales.)	  This
	       corresponds to the locale resource.

	       The actual list of encodings which are supported	is  determined
	       by luit.	 Consult the luit manual page for further details.

	       See  also the discussion	of the -u8 option which	supports UTF-8
	       locales.

       +lc     Turn off	support	of automatic selection	of  locale  encodings.
	       Conventional 8bit mode or, in UTF-8 locales or with -u8 option,
	       UTF-8 mode will be used.

       -lcc path
	       File  name  for the encoding converter from/to locale encodings
	       and UTF-8 which is used with -lc	 option	 or  locale  resource.
	       This corresponds	to the localeFilter resource.

       -leftbar
	       Force  scrollbar	to the left side of VT100 screen.  This	is the
	       default,	unless you have	set the	rightScrollBar resource.

       -lf filename
	       Specify the log filename.  This sets the	logFile	resource.   If
	       set  to	"-", xterm writes its log to the standard output.  See
	       the -l option.

       -ls     This option indicates that the shell that  is  started  in  the
	       xterm  window  will be a	login shell (i.e., the first character
	       of argv[0] will be a dash, indicating  to  the  shell  that  it
	       should read the user's .login or	.profile).

	       The  -ls	 flag and the loginShell resource are ignored if -e is
	       also given, because xterm does not know how to make  the	 shell
	       start  the  given  command  after whatever it does when it is a
	       login shell - the user's	shell of choice	need not be  a	Bourne
	       shell  after  all.   Also,  xterm -e  is	 supposed to provide a
	       consistent functionality	for other applications	that  need  to
	       start  text-mode	 programs  in a	window,	and if loginShell were
	       not ignored, the	result	of  ~/.profile	might  interfere  with
	       that.

	       If you do want the effect of -ls	and -e simultaneously, you may
	       get away	with something like

		   xterm -e /bin/bash -l -c "my	command	here"

	       Finally,	 -ls  is  not completely ignored, because xterm	-ls -e
	       does write a wtmp entry	(if  configured	 to  do	 so),  whereas
	       xterm -e	does not.

       +ls     This option indicates that the shell that is started should not
	       be a login shell	(i.e., it will be a normal "subshell").

       -maximized
	       This  option indicates that xterm should	ask the	window manager
	       to maximize its layout on startup.   This  corresponds  to  the
	       maximized resource.

	       Maximizing  is not the reverse of iconifying; it	is possible to
	       do both with certain window managers.

       +maximized
	       This option indicates that xterm	should ask the window  manager
	       to not maximize its layout on startup.

       -mb     This option indicates that xterm	should ring a margin bell when
	       the user	types near the right end of a line.

       +mb     This option indicates that margin bell should not be rung.

       -mc milliseconds
	       This  option  specifies	the  maximum  time between multi-click
	       selections.

       -mesg   Turn off	the messages resource, i.e., disallow write access  to
	       the terminal.

       +mesg   Turn  on	the messages resource, i.e., allow write access	to the
	       terminal.

       -mk_width
	       Set the mkWidth resource	to "true".  This  makes	 xterm	use  a
	       built-in	 version of the	wide-character width calculation.  The
	       default is "false"

       +mk_width
	       Reset the mkWidth resource.

       -ms color
	       This option specifies the color to  be  used  for  the  pointer
	       cursor.	The default is to use the foreground color.  This sets
	       the pointerColor	resource.

       -nb number
	       This  option  specifies the number of characters	from the right
	       end of a	line at	which the margin bell, if enabled, will	 ring.
	       The default is "10".

       -nomap  This  option  disables  the  initial  mapping  of  the terminal
	       window.	Mapping	an X window makes it visible if	it is managed.
	       The default is  "false"	because	 xterm's  window  is  normally
	       displayed on startup.

	       After  startup,	an  unmapped  xterm  window  can  be mapped by
	       identifying  its	 window-id,   e.g.,   using   xwininfo(1)   or
	       xlsclients(1),  and  then  employing  another  program  such as
	       xdotool(1) to ask the window manager to make it visible.

	       If the xterm window is visible (i.e.,  mapped),	xterm's	 menus
	       and  actions (i.e., set-visibility) allow one to	select whether
	       the VT100 or Tek4014 windows should be displayed.

       +nomap  This option enables the initial mapping of the terminal window.
	       This is the default behavior.

       -nul    This option disables the	display	of underlining.

       +nul    This option enables the display of underlining.

       -pc     This option enables  the	 PC-style  use	of  bold  colors  (see
	       boldColors resource).

       +pc     This option disables the	PC-style use of	bold colors.

       -pf font
	       This option specifies the font to be used for the pointer.  The
	       corresponding resource name is pointerFont.  The	resource value
	       default is cursor.

       -pob    This option indicates that the window should be raised whenever
	       a Control-G is received.

       +pob    This  option  indicates	that  the  window should not be	raised
	       whenever	a Control-G is received.

       -report-charclass
	       Print a report to the standard output showing information about
	       the character-classes which can be altered using	the  charClass
	       resource.

       -report-colors
	       Print a report to the standard output showing information about
	       colors  as  xterm  allocates  them.   This  corresponds	to the
	       reportColors resource.

       -report-fonts
	       Print a report to the standard output showing information about
	       fonts which are loaded.	This corresponds  to  the  reportFonts
	       resource.

       -report-icons
	       Print a report to the standard output showing information about
	       pixmap-icons   which  are  loaded.   This  corresponds  to  the
	       reportIcons resource.

       -report-xres
	       Print a report to the standard output  showing  the  values  of
	       boolean,	 numeric  or  string  X	resources for the VT100	widget
	       when initialization  is	complete.   This  corresponds  to  the
	       reportXRes resource.

       -rightbar
	       Force scrollbar to the right side of VT100 screen.

       -rvc    This  option  disables  the  display of characters with reverse
	       attribute as color.

       +rvc    This option enables the	display	 of  characters	 with  reverse
	       attribute as color.

       -rw     This   option   indicates  that	reverse-wraparound  should  be
	       allowed.	 This allows the cursor	to back	up from	 the  leftmost
	       column  of  one	line  to  the rightmost	column of the previous
	       line.  This is very useful for editing long shell command lines
	       and is encouraged.  This	option can be turned on	and  off  from
	       the VT Options menu.

       +rw     This  option  indicates	that  reverse-wraparound should	not be
	       allowed.

       -s      This option indicates that  xterm  may  scroll  asynchronously,
	       meaning	that the screen	does not have to be kept completely up
	       to date while scrolling.	 This allows xterm to run faster  when
	       network	latencies  are	very high and is typically useful when
	       running across a	very large internet or many gateways.

       +s      This option indicates that xterm	should scroll synchronously.

       -samename
	       Does not	send title and icon  name  change  requests  when  the
	       request	would  have  no	effect:	the name is not	changed.  This
	       has the advantage of preventing flicker and the disadvantage of
	       requiring an extra round	trip to	the server  to	find  out  the
	       previous	value.	In practice this should	never be a problem.

       +samename
	       Always send title and icon name change requests.

       -sb     This  option  indicates	that  some  number  of	lines that are
	       scrolled	off the	top of the window should be saved and  that  a
	       scrollbar  should  be  displayed	 so  that  those  lines	can be
	       viewed.	This option may	be turned  on  and  off	 from  the  VT
	       Options menu.

       +sb     This option indicates that a scrollbar should not be displayed.

       -selbg color
	       This  option  specifies	the color to use for the background of
	       selected	text.  If not specified, reverse video is  used.   See
	       the discussion of the highlightColor resource.

       -selfg color
	       This  option  specifies the color to use	for selected text.  If
	       not specified, reverse video is used.  See  the	discussion  of
	       the highlightTextColor resource.

       -sf     This option indicates that Sun function key escape codes	should
	       be generated for	function keys.

       +sf     This  option indicates that the standard	escape codes should be
	       generated for function keys.

       -sh number
	       scale  line-height  values  by  the  given  number.   See   the
	       discussion of the scaleHeight resource.

       -si     This  option  indicates	that  output  to  a  window should not
	       automatically reposition	 the  screen  to  the  bottom  of  the
	       scrolling  region.   This  option can be	turned on and off from
	       the VT Options menu.

       +si     This option indicates that output to a window should  cause  it
	       to scroll to the	bottom.

       -sk     This  option  indicates	that  pressing	a  key while using the
	       scrollbar to review previous lines of  text  should  cause  the
	       window  to be repositioned automatically	in the normal position
	       at the bottom of	the scroll region.

       +sk     This option indicates that  pressing  a	key  while  using  the
	       scrollbar should	not cause the window to	be repositioned.

       -sl number
	       This  option  specifies	the  number of lines to	save that have
	       been scrolled off the top of the	screen.	 This  corresponds  to
	       the saveLines resource.	The default is "1024".

       -sm     This   option,	corresponding	to  the	 sessionMgt  resource,
	       indicates that xterm should set up session manager callbacks.

       +sm     This option indicates that xterm	 should	 not  set  up  session
	       manager callbacks.

       -sp     This  option  indicates that Sun/PC keyboard should be assumed,
	       providing mapping for keypad "+"	to ",",	and  CTRL-F1  to  F13,
	       CTRL-F2 to F14, etc.

       +sp     This  option indicates that the standard	escape codes should be
	       generated for keypad and	function keys.

       -t      This option indicates that  xterm  should  start	 in  Tektronix
	       mode,  rather  than  in	VTxxx mode.  Switching between the two
	       windows is done using the "Options" menus.

	       Terminal	database (terminfo (5) or termcap  (5))	 entries  that
	       work with xterm are:

	       "tek4014",
	       "tek4015",
	       "tek4012",
	       "tek4013",
	       "tek4010", and
	       "dumb".

	       Xterm  automatically  searches  the  terminal  database in this
	       order for these entries and then	sets the "TERM"	variable  (and
	       the "TERMCAP" environment variable, if relevant).

       +t      This option indicates that xterm	should start in	VTxxx mode.

       -tb     This  option,  corresponding to the toolBar resource, indicates
	       that xterm should display a toolbar (or menubar)	at the top  of
	       its window.  The	buttons	in the toolbar correspond to the popup
	       menus, e.g., control/left/mouse for Main	Options.

       +tb     This option indicates that xterm	should not set up a toolbar.

       -ti term_id
	       Specify	the  name used by xterm	to select the correct response
	       to terminal ID queries.	It also	specifies the emulation	level,
	       used to	determine  the	type  of  response  to	a  DA  control
	       sequence.   Valid  values  include  vt52,  vt100, vt101,	vt102,
	       vt220, and vt240	 (the  "vt"  is	 optional).   The  default  is
	       "vt420".	  The  term_id	argument  specifies the	terminal ID to
	       use.  (This is the same as the decTerminalID resource).

       -tm string
	       This option specifies a series  of  terminal  setting  keywords
	       followed	 by  the  characters  that  should  be	bound to those
	       functions, similar to the stty(1) program.   The	 keywords  and
	       their values are	described in detail in the ttyModes resource.

       -tn name
	       This  option  specifies the name	of the terminal	type to	be set
	       in the  TERM  environment  variable.   It  corresponds  to  the
	       termName	 resource.   This  terminal  type  must	 exist	in the
	       terminal	database (termcap or terminfo, depending on how	 xterm
	       is built) and should have li# and co# entries.  If the terminal
	       type  is	 not  found,  xterm  uses  the	built-in list "xterm",
	       "vt102",	etc.

       -u8     This option sets	the utf8 resource.  When utf8  is  set,	 xterm
	       interprets  incoming  data  as  UTF-8.  This sets the wideChars
	       resource	as a side-effect, but  the  UTF-8  mode	 set  by  this
	       option  prevents	 it  from  being turned	off.  If you must turn
	       UTF-8  encoding	on  and	 off,  use  the	 -wc  option  or   the
	       corresponding wideChars resource, rather	than the -u8 option.

	       This option and the utf8	resource are overridden	by the -lc and
	       -en  options  and  locale resource.  That is, if	xterm has been
	       compiled	to support  luit,  and	the  locale  resource  is  not
	       "false"	this  option  is  ignored.  We recommend using the -lc
	       option or the "locale: true" resource  in  UTF-8	 locales  when
	       your  operating	system supports	locale,	or -en UTF-8 option or
	       the "locale: UTF-8" resource when your  operating  system  does
	       not support locale.

       +u8     This option resets the utf8 resource.

       -uc     This  option,  corresponding  to	 the cursorUnderLine resource,
	       makes the cursor	underlined instead of a	box.

       +uc     This option m, corresponding to the  cursorUnderLine  resource,
	       akes the	cursor a box instead of	underlined.

       -ulc    This  option  disables the display of characters	with underline
	       attribute as color rather than with underlining.

       +ulc    This option enables the display of  characters  with  underline
	       attribute as color rather than with underlining.

       -ulit   This   option,  corresponding  to  the  italicULMode  resource,
	       disables	the display of characters with underline attribute  as
	       italics rather than with	underlining.

       +ulit   This   option,  corresponding  to  the  italicULMode  resource,
	       enables the display of characters with underline	 attribute  as
	       italics rather than with	underlining.

       -ut     This option indicates that xterm	should not write a record into
	       the system utmp log file.

       +ut     This option indicates that xterm	should write a record into the
	       system utmp log file.

       -vb     This  option  indicates that a visual bell is preferred over an
	       audible one.  Instead of	ringing	the terminal bell  whenever  a
	       Control-G is received, the window will be flashed.

       +vb     This option indicates that a visual bell	should not be used.

       -wc     This option sets	the wideChars resource.

	       When  wideChars is set, xterm maintains internal	structures for
	       16-bit characters.  If xterm is not started in UTF-8  mode  (or
	       if  this	 resource  is  not  set), initially it maintains those
	       structures to support 8-bit characters.	 Xterm	can  later  be
	       switched, using a menu entry or control sequence, causing it to
	       reallocate those	structures to support 16-bit characters.

	       The default is "false".

       +wc     This option resets the wideChars	resource.

       -wf     This  option indicates that xterm should	wait for the window to
	       be mapped the first time	before starting	the subprocess so that
	       the initial terminal size settings  and	environment  variables
	       are  correct.   It is the application's responsibility to catch
	       subsequent terminal size	changes.

       +wf     This  option  indicates	that  xterm  should  not  wait	before
	       starting	the subprocess.

       -ziconbeep percent
	       Same  as	 zIconBeep  resource.	If percent is non-zero,	xterms
	       that produce output while iconified will	cause an  XBell	 sound
	       at  the	given  volume  and  have "***" prepended to their icon
	       titles.	 Most  window  managers	 will	detect	 this	change
	       immediately,  showing  you  which  window  has  the output.  (A
	       similar feature was in x10 xterm.)

       -C      This option indicates that this window should  receive  console
	       output.	 This  is  not	supported  on  all systems.  To	obtain
	       console output, you must	be the owner of	 the  console  device,
	       and you must have read and write	permission for it.  If you are
	       running	X under	xdm on the console screen you may need to have
	       the session startup and reset programs  explicitly  change  the
	       ownership  of the console device	in order to get	this option to
	       work.

       -Sccn   This option allows xterm	to be used  as	an  input  and	output
	       channel	for  an	 existing  program  and	 is  sometimes used in
	       specialized applications.  The option value specifies the  last
	       few  letters  of	 the name of a pseudo-terminal to use in slave
	       mode, plus the number of	the inherited file descriptor.	If the
	       option contains a "/" character,	that delimits  the  characters
	       used  for  the  pseudo-terminal	name from the file descriptor.
	       Otherwise, exactly two characters are used from the option  for
	       the pseudo-terminal name, the remainder is the file descriptor.
	       Examples	 (the  first  two  are equivalent since	the descriptor
	       follows the last	"/"):

		   -S/dev/pts/123/45
		   -S123/45
		   -Sab34

	       Note that xterm does not	close any file descriptor which	it did
	       not open	for its	own use.  It is	possible (though probably  not
	       portable)  to  have  an	application  which passes an open file
	       descriptor down to xterm	past  the  initialization  or  the  -S
	       option to a process running in the xterm.

   Old Options
       The  following  command	line  arguments	are provided for compatibility
       with older versions.  They may not be supported in the next release  as
       the X Toolkit provides standard options that accomplish the same	task.

       %geom   This  option  specifies	the preferred size and position	of the
	       Tektronix  window.   It	is  shorthand	for   specifying   the
	       "tekGeometry" resource.

       #geom   This  option  specifies	the  preferred	position  of  the icon
	       window.	It is  shorthand  for  specifying  the	"iconGeometry"
	       resource.

       -T string
	       This  option  specifies	the  title for xterm's windows.	 It is
	       equivalent to -title.

       -n string
	       This option specifies the icon name for xterm's windows.	 It is
	       shorthand for specifying	the "iconName"	resource.   Note  that
	       this  is	 not  the  same	 as  the  X Toolkit option -name.  The
	       default icon name is the	application name.

	       If no suitable icon is  found,  xterm  provides	a  compiled-in
	       pixmap.

	       X Toolkit sets the WM_ICON_NAME property	using this value.

       -r      This option indicates that reverse video	should be simulated by
	       swapping	  the	foreground   and  background  colors.	It  is
	       equivalent to -rv.

       -w number
	       This option  specifies  the  width  in  pixels  of  the	border
	       surrounding  the	 window.   It is equivalent to -borderwidth or
	       -bw.

   X Toolkit Options
       The following standard X	Toolkit	command	line  arguments	 are  commonly
       used with xterm:

       -bd color
	       This  option  specifies	the color to use for the border	of the
	       window.	The corresponding resource name	is borderColor.	 Xterm
	       uses the	X Toolkit default, which is "XtDefaultForeground".

	       Xterm's	VT100  window  has  two	 borders:  the	inner	border
	       internalBorder and the outer border borderWidth,	managed	by the
	       X Toolkit.

	       Normally	 xterm fills the inner border using the	VT100 window's
	       background color.  If the colorInnerBorder resource is enabled,
	       then xterm may fill the	inner  border  using  the  borderColor
	       resource.

       -bg color
	       This  option  specifies	the color to use for the background of
	       the window.  The	corresponding  resource	 name  is  background.
	       The default is "XtDefaultBackground".

       -bw number
	       This  option  specifies	the  width  in	pixels	of  the	border
	       surrounding the window.

	       This appears to be a legacy of older X releases.	 It  sets  the
	       borderWidth  resource  of  the  shell  widget,  and may provide
	       advice to your window manager  to  set  the  thickness  of  the
	       window	frame.	  Most	 window	  managers  do	not  use  this
	       information.  See the  -b  option,  which  controls  the	 inner
	       border of the xterm window.

       -display	display
	       This option specifies the X server to contact; see X(1).

       -fg color
	       This  option  specifies	the  color to use for displaying text.
	       The corresponding resource name is foreground.  The default  is
	       "XtDefaultForeground".

       -fn font
	       This option specifies the font to be used for displaying	normal
	       text.   The  corresponding resource name	is font.  The resource
	       value default is	fixed.

	       Xterm's -fn option accepts a comma-separated list like -fa, for
	       the VT100 widget, using the first bitmap	font  (and  discarding
	       additional   fonts).   However,	other  widgets	(such  as  the
	       toolbar)	will be	confused by this and give a warning.

       -font font
	       This is the same	as -fn.

       -geometry geometry
	       This option specifies the preferred size	and  position  of  the
	       VTxxx window; see X(1).

	       The  normal  geometry  specification  can  be  suffixed	with @
	       followed	by a Xinerama screen specification; it can be either g
	       for the global screen (default),	c for the current screen or  a
	       screen number.

       -iconic
	       This  option indicates that xterm should	ask the	window manager
	       to start	it as an icon rather than as the normal	 window.   The
	       corresponding resource name is iconic.

       -name name
	       This   option   specifies  the  application  name  under	 which
	       resources  are  to  be  obtained,  rather  than	 the   default
	       executable  file	 name.	 Name  should  not  contain "."	or "*"
	       characters.

       -rv     This option indicates that reverse video	should be simulated by
	       swapping	  the	foreground   and   background	colors.	   The
	       corresponding resource name is reverseVideo.

       +rv     Disable	the simulation of reverse video	by swapping foreground
	       and background colors.

       -title string
	       This option specifies the window	title  string,	which  may  be
	       displayed  by  window  managers	if the user so chooses.	 It is
	       shorthand for specifying	the  "title"  resource.	  The  default
	       title  is  the  command	line specified after the -e option, if
	       any, otherwise the application name.

	       X Toolkit sets the WM_NAME property using this value.

       -xrm resourcestring
	       This option specifies a resource	string to be  used.   This  is
	       especially  useful  for	setting	 resources  that  do  not have
	       separate	command	line options.

       X Toolkit accepts alternate names for a few of these options, e.g.,

          "-background" for "-bg"

          "-font" for "-fn"

          "-foreground" for "-fg"

       Abbreviated options also	are supported, e.g., "-v" for "-version."

RESOURCES
       Xterm understands all of	the core X Toolkit resource names and classes.
       It also uses the	X Toolkit resource types (such	as  booleans,  colors,
       fonts,  integers,  and strings) along with their	respective converters.
       Those resource types are	not always sufficient:

          Xterm's resource values may be lists	of names.  X Toolkit  resource
	   types  do not include lists.	 Xterm uses a string for the resource,
	   and parses it.

	   Comma-separated lists of names ignore case.

          Xterm may defer processing a	resource  until	 it  is	 needed.   For
	   example, font2 through font7	are loaded as needed, to start faster.
	   Again,  the	actual resource	type is	a string, parsed and used when
	   needed.

       Application specific resources (e.g., "XTerm.NAME") follow:

   Application Resources
       backarrowKeyIsErase (class BackarrowKeyIsErase)
	       Tie  the	 VTxxx	backarrowKey  and  ptyInitialErase   resources
	       together	 by  setting the DECBKM	state according	to whether the
	       initial erase character is a  backspace	(8)  or	 delete	 (127)
	       character.  A "false" value disables this feature.  The default
	       is "False".

	       Here are	tables showing how the initial settings	for

	          backarrowKeyIsErase (BKIE),

	          backarrowKey	(BK), and

	          ptyInitialErase (PIE), along	with the

	          stty	erase character	(^H for	backspace, ^? for delete)

	       will  affect  DECBKM.   First,  xterm obtains the initial erase
	       character:

	          xterm's internal value is ^H

	          xterm asks the operating system for the value which stty(1)
		   shows

	          the ttyModes	resource may override erase

	          if  ptyInitialErase	is  false,  xterm  will	 look  in  the
		   terminal database

	       Summarizing that	as a table:
	       PIE     stty   termcap	erase
	       -------------------------------
	       false	^H	^H	 ^H
	       false	^H	^?	 ^?
	       false	^?	^H	 ^H
	       false	^?	^?	 ^?
	       true	^H	^H	 ^H
	       true	^H	^?	 ^H
	       true	^?	^H	 ^?
	       true	^?	^?	 ^?

	       Using that erase	character, xterm allows	further	choices:

	          if  backarrowKeyIsErase  is	true,  xterm  uses  the	 erase
		   character for the initial state of DECBKM

	          if backarrowKeyIsErase is false, xterm  sets	 DECBKM	 to  2
		   (internal).	  This	ties  together	backarrowKey  and  the
		   control sequence for	DECBKM.

	          applications	can  send  a  control  sequence	 to  set/reset
		   DECBKM control set

	          the "Backarrow Key (BS/DEL)"	menu entry toggles DECBKM

	       Summarizing the initialization details:
	       erase   BKIE    BK      DECBKM	result
	       ----------------------------------------
		^?     false   false	 2	  ^H
		^?     false   true	 2	  ^?
		^?     true    false	 0	  ^?
		^?     true    true	 1	  ^?
		^H     false   false	 2	  ^H
		^H     false   true	 2	  ^?
		^H     true    false	 0	  ^H
		^H     true    true	 1	  ^H

       buffered	(class Buffered)
	       Normally	 xterm	is  built  with	 double-buffer	support.  This
	       resource	can be used  to	 turn  it  on  or  off.	  Setting  the
	       resource	 to  "true"  turns  double-buffering  on.  The default
	       value is	"False".

       bufferedFPS (class BufferedFPS)
	       When xterm is built with	double-buffer support, this gives  the
	       maximum	number	of  frames/second.  The	default	is "40"	and is
	       limited to the range 1 through 100.

       cursorTheme (class CursorTheme)
	       The Xcursor(1) library provides a way  to  change  the  pointer
	       shape  and  size.   The X11 library uses	this library to	extend
	       the font- and glyph-cursor calls	used by	applications  such  as
	       xterm   to  substitute  external	 files for the built-in	"core"
	       cursors provided	by X.

	       Xterm uses the pointerShape resource to	select	the  X	cursor
	       shape.	Most of	the available sets of cursor themes provide an
	       incomplete set of "core"	cursors	(while possibly	 adding	 other
	       cursors).   Because  of	this  limitation,  xterm  disables the
	       feature by default.

	       The cursor theme	feature	can be useful because  X  cursors  are
	       not  scalable and on a high-resolution display, the cursors are
	       hard to find.  Some of the cursor themes	include	larger cursors
	       to work around this limitation:

	          The default core cursors are	8x8 pixels;

	          Some	cursor themes include cursors up to the	X server limit
		   of 64x64 pixels.

	       At startup, xterm sets the XCURSOR_THEME	 environment  variable
	       to  enable  or  disable	the cursor theme feature.  The default
	       value is	"none".	 Other values (including "default") are	passed
	       to the Xcursor library to select	a cursor theme.

       fullscreen (class Fullscreen)
	       Specifies whether or not	xterm should ask the window manager to
	       use a fullscreen	layout on startup.   Xterm  accepts  either  a
	       keyword (ignoring case) or the number shown in parentheses:

	       false (0)
		  Fullscreen  layout  is  not used initially, but may be later
		  via menu-selection or	control	sequence.

	       true (1)
		  Fullscreen layout is used initially,	but  may  be  disabled
		  later	via menu-selection or control sequence.

	       always (2)
		  Fullscreen  layout is	used initially,	and cannot be disabled
		  later	via menu-selection or control sequence.

	       never (3)
		  Fullscreen layout is not used, and cannot be	enabled	 later
		  via menu-selection or	control	sequence.

	       The default is "false".

       hold (class Hold)
	       If true,	xterm will not immediately destroy its window when the
	       shell command completes.	 It will wait until you	use the	window
	       manager	to  destroy/kill  the  window,	or if you use the menu
	       entries that send a signal, e.g., HUP or	KILL.  You may	scroll
	       back,  select text, etc., to perform most graphical operations.
	       Resizing	the  display  will  lose  data,	 however,  since  this
	       involves	interaction with the shell which is no longer running.

       hpFunctionKeys (class HpFunctionKeys)
	       Specifies whether or not	HP function key	escape codes should be
	       generated  for  function	 keys.	 The default is	"false", i.e.,
	       this feature is disabled.

	       The  keyboardType  resource  is	the  preferred	mechanism  for
	       selecting this mode.

       iconGeometry (class IconGeometry)
	       Specifies  the  preferred  size and position of the application
	       when iconified.	It is not necessarily  obeyed  by  all	window
	       managers.

       iconHint	(class IconHint)
	       Specifies  an  icon  which  will	be added to the	window manager
	       hints.  Xterm provides no default value.

	       Set this	resource to "none" to omit the	hint  entirely,	 using
	       whatever	the window manager may decide.

	       If the iconHint resource	is given (or is	set via	the -n option)
	       xterm searches for a pixmap file	with that name,	in the current
	       directory  as  well  as	in  /usr/local/share/pixmaps.	if the
	       resource	does not specify an absolute pathname.	In each	 case,
	       xterm  adds "_48x48" and/or ".xpm" to the filename after	trying
	       without those suffixes.	If it is able to load the file,	 xterm
	       sets  the  window  manager  hint	 for  the  icon-pixmap.	 These
	       pixmaps are distributed	with  xterm,  and  can	optionally  be
	       compiled-in:

	          mini.xterm_16x16, mini.xterm_32x32, mini.xterm_48x48

	          filled-xterm_16x16, filled-xterm_32x32, filled-xterm_48x48

	          xterm_16x16,	xterm_32x32, xterm_48x48

	          xterm-color_16x16, xterm-color_32x32, xterm-color_48x48

	       In  either  case, xterm allows for adding a "_48x48" to specify
	       the largest of the pixmaps as a default.	 That is, "mini.xterm"
	       is the same as "mini.xterm_48x48".

	       If no explicit iconHint resource	is given (or if	 none  of  the
	       compiled-in  names  matches), xterm uses	"mini.xterm" (which is
	       always compiled-in).

	       The  iconHint  resource	has  no	 effect	 on  "desktop"	files,
	       including  "panel"  and	"menu".	 Those are typically set via a
	       ".desktop" file;	xterm provides samples	for  itself  (and  the
	       uxterm	script).   The	more  capable  desktop	systems	 allow
	       changing	the icon on a per-user basis.

       iconName	(class IconName)
	       Specifies a label for xterm when	iconified.  Xterm provides  no
	       default	value; some window managers may	assume the application
	       name, e.g., "xterm".

	       Setting the  iconName  resource	sets  the  icon	 label	unless
	       overridden  by  zIconBeep or the	control	sequences which	change
	       the window and icon labels.

       keyboardType (class KeyboardType)
	       Enables one (or none) of	the various  keyboard-type  resources:
	       hpFunctionKeys,	      scoFunctionKeys,	      sunFunctionKeys,
	       tcapFunctionKeys, oldXtermFKeys and sunKeyboard.

	       The resource's value should be one of the corresponding strings
	       "hp", "sco", "sun", "tcap", "legacy" or "vt220",	respectively.

	       The individual resources	are provided for legacy	support;  this
	       resource	 is simpler to use.  Xterm will	use only one keyboard-
	       type, but if multiple resources are set,	it warns and uses  the
	       last one	it checks.

	       The   default  is  "unknown",  i.e.,  none  of  the  associated
	       resources are set via this resource.

       maxBufSize (class MaxBufSize)
	       Specify the maximum size	of the input buffer.  The  default  is
	       "32768".	  You  cannot  set  this  to  a	 value	less  than the
	       minBufSize resource.  It	will be	increased as  needed  to  make
	       that value evenly divide	this one.

	       On  some	 systems  you  may want	to increase one	or both	of the
	       maxBufSize and minBufSize resource  values  to  achieve	better
	       performance  if	the  operating	system	prefers	 larger	buffer
	       sizes.

       maximized (class	Maximized)
	       Specifies whether or not	xterm should ask the window manager to
	       maximize	its layout on startup.	The default is "false".

       menuHeight (class MenuHeight)
	       Specifies the height of the toolbar, which may be increased  by
	       the  X  Toolkit Layout widget depending upon the	fontsize used.
	       The default is "25".

       menuLocale (class MenuLocale)
	       Specify the locale used	for  character-set  computations  when
	       loading	the  popup  menus.  Use	this to	improve	initialization
	       performance  of	the  Athena  popup  menus,  which   may	  load
	       unnecessary  (and  very	large) fonts, e.g., in a locale	having
	       UTF-8 encoding.	The default is "C" (POSIX).

	       To use the current locale (only useful if  you  have  localized
	       the  resource  settings for the menu entries), set the resource
	       to an empty string.

       messages	(class Messages)
	       Specifies whether write	access	to  the	 terminal  is  allowed
	       initially.  See mesg(1).	 The default is	"true".

       minBufSize (class MinBufSize)
	       Specify	the minimum size of the	input buffer, i.e., the	amount
	       of data that xterm requests  on	each  read.   The  default  is
	       "4096".	You cannot set this to a value less than 64.

       omitTranslation (class OmitTranslation)
	       Selectively   omit   one	 or  more  parts  of  xterm's  default
	       translations at	startup.   The	resource  value	 is  a	comma-
	       separated list of keywords, which may be	abbreviated:

	       default
		      ignore (mouse) button-down events	which were not handled
		      by other translations

	       fullscreen
		      assigns a	key-binding to the fullscreen()	action.

	       keypress
		      assigns  keypresses by default to	the insert-seven-bit()
		      and insert-eight-bit() actions.

	       paging assigns  key   bindings	to   the   scroll-back()   and
		      scroll-forw() actions.

	       pointer
		      assigns	pointer	  motion  and  button  events  to  the
		      pointer-motion()	  and	  pointer-button()     actions
		      respectively.

	       popup-menu
		      assigns  mouse-buttons  with the control modifier	to the
		      popup-menus.

	       reset  assigns mouse-button 2 with the  meta  modifier  to  the
		      clear-saved-lines	action.

	       scroll-lock
		      assigns a	key-binding to the scroll-lock() action.

	       block-select
		      an   optional   (compile-time)  feature  for  supporting
		      rectangular selections.  By default, this	 is  bound  to
		      Meta button one.

	       select assigns  mouse-  and  keypress-combinations  to  actions
		      which manipulate the selection.

		      Xterm also uses these actions to	capture	 mouse	button
		      and  motion  events  which  can  be manipulated with the
		      mouse  protocol  control	sequences.   If	  the	select
		      translations  are	 omitted,  then	the pointer-motion and
		      pointer-button  handle  these  mouse  protocol   control
		      sequences	instead.

	       shift-fonts
		      assigns	 key-bindings	 to    larger-vt-font()	   and
		      smaller-vt-font()	actions.

	       wheel-mouse
		      assigns buttons 4	and 5 with different modifiers to  the
		      scroll-back() and	scroll-forw() actions.

       ptyHandshake (class PtyHandshake)
	       If "true", xterm	will perform handshaking during	initialization
	       to  ensure  that	the parent and child processes update the utmp
	       and stty(1) state.

	       See also	 waitForMap  which  waits  for	the  pseudo-terminal's
	       notion  of  the	screen	size, and ptySttySize which resets the
	       screen size after other terminal	 initialization	 is  complete.
	       The default is "true".

       ptyInitialErase (class PtyInitialErase)
	       If  "true",  xterm  will	use the	pseudo-terminal's sense	of the
	       stty erase value.  If "false", xterm will set  the  stty	 erase
	       value  to match its own configuration, using the	kb string from
	       the termcap entry as a reference, if available.

	       In either case, the result is applied to	the  TERMCAP  variable
	       which xterm sets, if the	system uses TERMCAP.

	       See  also  the ttyModes resource, which may override this.  The
	       default is "False".

       ptySttySize (class PtySttySize)
	       If "true", xterm	will reset  the	 screen	 size  after  terminal
	       initialization  is  complete.   This is needed for some systems
	       whose	pseudo-terminals     cannot	propagate     terminal
	       characteristics.	 Where it is not needed, it can	interfere with
	       other  methods  for  setting the	initial	screen size, e.g., via
	       window manager interaction.

	       See also	waitForMap which waits for a handshake-message	giving
	       the  pseudo-terminal's  notion of the screen size.  The default
	       is "false" on Linux and macOS systems, "true" otherwise.

       reportColors (class ReportColors)
	       If true,	xterm will print to the	standard output	a  summary  of
	       colors as it allocates them.  The default is "false".

       reportFonts (class ReportFonts)
	       If  true,  xterm	will print to the standard output a summary of
	       each font's metrics (size, number of glyphs, etc.), as it loads
	       them.  The default is "false".

       reportIcons (class ReportIcons)
	       If true,	xterm will print to the	standard output	a  summary  of
	       each pixmap icon	as it loads them.  The default is "false".

       reportXRes (class ReportXRes)
	       If  true, xterm will print to the standard output a list	of the
	       boolean,	numeric	and string X resources for  the	 VT100	widget
	       after initialization.  The default is "false".

       sameName	(class SameName)
	       If  the	value  of this resource	is "true", xterm does not send
	       title and icon name change requests when	the request would have
	       no effect: the name is not changed.  This has the advantage  of
	       preventing  flicker  and	the disadvantage of requiring an extra
	       round trip to the server	to find	out the	 previous  value.   In
	       practice	 this  should  never  be  a  problem.	The default is
	       "true".

       scaleHeight (class ScaleHeight)
	       Scale line-height  values  by  the  resource  value,  which  is
	       limited to "0.9"	to "1.5".  The default value is	"1.0",

	       While this resource applies to either bitmap or TrueType	fonts,
	       its main	purpose	is to help work	around incompatible changes in
	       the  Xft	library's font metrics.	 Xterm checks the font metrics
	       to find what the	library	claims are the bounding	boxes for each
	       glyph (character).  However, some of Xft's  features  (such  as
	       the  autohinter)	 can cause the glyphs to be scaled larger than
	       the bounding boxes, and be partly overwritten by	the next row.

	       See useClipping for a related resource.

       scoFunctionKeys (class ScoFunctionKeys)
	       Specifies whether or not	SCO function key escape	 codes	should
	       be  generated for function keys.	 The default is	"false", i.e.,
	       this feature is disabled.

	       The  keyboardType  resource  is	the  preferred	mechanism  for
	       selecting this mode.

       sessionMgt (class SessionMgt)
	       If  the value of	this resource is "true", xterm sets up session
	       manager callbacks for XtNdieCallback and	XtNsaveCallback.   The
	       default is "true".

       sunFunctionKeys (class SunFunctionKeys)
	       Specifies  whether  or not Sun function key escape codes	should
	       be generated for	function keys.	The default is "false",	 i.e.,
	       this feature is disabled.

	       The  keyboardType  resource  is	the  preferred	mechanism  for
	       selecting this mode.

       sunKeyboard (class SunKeyboard)
	       Xterm translates	certain	key symbols based on  its  assumptions
	       about  your  keyboard.	This resource specifies	whether	or not
	       Sun/PC keyboard layout (i.e., the PC keyboard's numeric	keypad
	       together	 with  12 function keys) should	be assumed rather than
	       DEC VT220.  This	causes the keypad "+" to  be  mapped  to  ",".
	       and  CTRL  F1-F10  to  F11-F20, depending on the	setting	of the
	       ctrlFKeys  resource,  so	 xterm	emulates  a  DEC  VT220	  more
	       accurately.   Otherwise	(the  default, with sunKeyboard	set to
	       "false"), xterm uses PC-style bindings for  the	function  keys
	       and keypad.

	       PC-style	 bindings use the Shift, Alt, Control and Meta keys as
	       modifiers for  function-keys  and  keypad  (see	Xterm  Control
	       Sequences for details).	The PC-style bindings are analogous to
	       PCTerm, but not the same	thing.	Normally these bindings	do not
	       conflict	 with  the  use	 of  the Meta key as described for the
	       eightBitInput resource.	If they	do,  note  that	 the  PC-style
	       bindings	are evaluated first.

	       See also	the keyboardType resource.

       tcapFunctionKeys	(class TcapFunctionKeys)
	       Specifies  whether  or  not function key	escape codes read from
	       the  termcap/terminfo   entry   corresponding   to   the	  TERM
	       environment  variable  should  be  generated  for function keys
	       instead of those	configured using sunKeyboard and keyboardType.
	       The default is "false", i.e., this feature is disabled.

	       The  keyboardType  resource  is	the  preferred	mechanism  for
	       selecting this mode.

       termName	(class TermName)
	       Specifies  the  terminal	 type  name  to	 be  set  in  the TERM
	       environment variable.

       title (class Title)
	       Specifies a string that may be used by the window manager  when
	       displaying this application.

       toolBar (class ToolBar)
	       Specifies  whether or not the toolbar should be displayed.  The
	       default is "true".

       ttyModes	(class TtyModes)
	       Specifies  a  string  containing	 terminal  setting   keywords.
	       Except  where  noted,  they  may	be bound to characters.	 Other
	       keywords	set modes.  Not	all keywords are supported on a	 given
	       system.	Allowable keywords include:
	       Keyword	 POSIX?	  Notes
	       ----------------------------------------------------------------
	       brk	 no	  CHAR may send	an "interrupt" signal, as well
				  as ending the	input-line.
	       dsusp	 no	  CHAR	will  send  a  terminal	 "stop"	signal
				  after	input is flushed.
	       eof	 yes	  CHAR will terminate input (i.e., an  end  of
				  file).
	       eol	 yes	  CHAR will end	the line.
	       eol2	 no	  alternate CHAR for ending the	line.
	       erase	 yes	  CHAR will erase the last character typed.
	       erase2	 no	  alternate  CHAR  for erasing the last	input-
				  character.
	       flush	 no	  CHAR will cause output to be discarded until
				  another flush	character is typed.
	       intr	 yes	  CHAR will send an "interrupt"	signal.
	       kill	 yes	  CHAR will erase the current line.
	       lnext	 no	  CHAR will enter the next character quoted.
	       quit	 yes	  CHAR will send a "quit" signal.
	       rprnt	 no	  CHAR will redraw the current line.
	       start	 yes	  CHAR will restart the	output after  stopping
				  it.
	       status	 no	  CHAR	will  cause  a system-generated	status
				  line to be printed.
	       stop	 yes	  CHAR will stop the output.
	       susp	 yes	  CHAR will send a terminal "stop" signal
	       swtch	 no	  CHAR will switch to a	different shell	layer.
	       tabs	 yes	  Mode disables	tab-expansion.
	       -tabs	 yes	  Mode enables tab-expansion.
	       weras	 no	  CHAR will erase the last word	typed.

	       Control characters may be specified as ^char (e.g., ^c  or  ^u)
	       and  ^? may be used to indicate delete (127).  Use ^- to	denote
	       undef.  Use \034	to represent ^\, since a literal backslash  in
	       an X resource escapes the next character.

	       This  is	 very  useful  for  overriding	the  default  terminal
	       settings	without	having to run stty(1) every time an  xterm  is
	       started.	  Note,	however, that the stty program on a given host
	       may use different keywords; xterm's table  is  built  in.   The
	       POSIX   column  in  the	table  indicates  which	 keywords  are
	       supported by a standard stty program.

	       If the ttyModes resource	specifies  a  value  for  erase,  that
	       overrides  the  ptyInitialErase	resource  setting, i.e., xterm
	       initializes the terminal	to match that value.

       useInsertMode (class UseInsertMode)
	       Force use of insert mode	by adding appropriate entries  to  the
	       TERMCAP	environment  variable.	 This  is useful if the	system
	       termcap is broken.  (This resource is ignored on	most  systems,
	       because TERMCAP is not used).  The default is "false".

       utmpDisplayId (class UtmpDisplayId)
	       Specifies whether or not	xterm should try to record the display
	       identifier  (display  number  and screen	number)	as well	as the
	       hostname	in the system utmp log file.  The default is "true".

       utmpInhibit (class UtmpInhibit)
	       Specifies whether or not	xterm should try to record the	user's
	       terminal	 in the	system utmp log	file.  If true,	xterm will not
	       try.  The default is "false".

       validShells (class ValidShells)
	       Augment (add to)	the  system's  /etc/shells,  when  determining
	       whether	to set the "SHELL" environment variable	when running a
	       given program.

	       The resource value is a list of lines (separated	by  newlines).
	       Each line holds one pathname.  Xterm ignores any	line beginning
	       with  "#"  after	trimming leading/trailing whitespace from each
	       line.

	       The default is an empty string.

       waitForMap (class WaitForMap)
	       Specifies whether or not	xterm  should  wait  for  the  initial
	       window map before starting the subprocess.  This	is part	of the
	       ptyHandshake  logic.   When  xterm  is directed to wait in this
	       fashion,	it passes the terminal size from the  display  end  of
	       the pseudo-terminal to the terminal I/O connection, e.g., using
	       the  size  according to the window manager.  Otherwise, it uses
	       the size	as given in resource  values  or  command-line	option
	       -geometry.  The default is "false".

       zIconBeep (class	ZIconBeep)
	       Same as -ziconbeep command line argument.  If the value of this
	       resource	  is   non-zero,  xterms  that	produce	 output	 while
	       iconified will cause an XBell sound at  the  given  volume  and
	       have  "*** "  prepended	to  their  icon	 titles.   Most	window
	       managers	will detect this change	immediately, showing you which
	       window has the output.  (A similar feature was in  x10  xterm.)
	       The default is "false".

       zIconTitleFormat	(class ZIconTitleFormat)
	       Allow  customization  of	 the  string  used  in	the  zIconBeep
	       feature.	 The default value is "*** %s".

	       If the resource value contains a	"%s", then xterm  inserts  the
	       icon  title  at that point rather than prepending the string to
	       the icon	title.	(Only the first	"%s" is	used).

   VT100 Widget	Resources
       The following resources are specified  as  part	of  the	 vt100	widget
       (class	 VT100).    They   are	 specified   by	  patterns   such   as
       "XTerm.vt100.NAME".

       If your xterm is	 configured  to	 support  the  "toolbar",  then	 those
       patterns	 need  an  extra  level	 for  the  form-widget which holds the
       toolbar and vt100 widget.  A wildcard between the top-level "XTerm" and
       the "vt100" widget makes	the resource settings work for	either,	 e.g.,
       "XTerm*vt100.NAME".

       activeIcon (class ActiveIcon)
	       Specifies  whether  or  not  active icon	windows	are to be used
	       when the	xterm window is	iconified, if this feature is compiled
	       into xterm.  The	active icon is a miniature  representation  of
	       the  content  of	 the  window  and  will	 update	as the content
	       changes.	  Not  all   window   managers	 necessarily   support
	       application  icon windows.  Some	window managers	will allow you
	       to enter	keystrokes into	the active icon	window.	  The  default
	       is "default".

	       Xterm  accepts  either  a keyword (ignoring case) or the	number
	       shown in	parentheses:

	       false (0)
		      No active	icon is	shown.

	       true (1)
		      The active icon is shown.	 If you	 are  using  twm,  use
		      this setting to enable active-icons.

	       default (2)
		      Xterm  checks  at	startup, and shows an active icon only
		      for window managers which	it can identify	and which  are
		      known  to	 support  the  feature.	  These	are fvwm (full
		      support),	and  window  maker  (limited).	 A  few	 other
		      window  managers	(such  as twm and ctwm)	support	active
		      icons, but do not	support	 the  extensions  which	 allow
		      xterm to identify	the window manager.

       allowBoldFonts (class AllowBoldFonts)
	       When  set  to  "false",	xterm  will  not use bold fonts.  This
	       overrides both the alwaysBoldMode and the boldMode resources.

       allowC1Printable	(class AllowC1Printable)
	       If true,	overrides the mapping of C1 controls  (codes  128-159)
	       to  make	 them be treated as if they were printable characters.
	       Although	this corresponds to no particular standard, some users
	       insist it is a VT100.  The default is "false".

       allowColorOps (class AllowColorOps)
	       Specifies whether control sequences that	set/query the  dynamic
	       colors  should  be allowed.  ANSI colors	are unaffected by this
	       resource	setting.  The default is "true".

       allowFontOps (class AllowFontOps)
	       Specifies whether control sequences  that  set/query  the  font
	       should be allowed.  The default is "true".

       allowMouseOps (class AllowMouseOps)
	       Specifies  whether  control sequences that enable xterm to send
	       escape sequences	to the host on mouse-clicks and	movement.  The
	       default is "true".

       allowPasteControls (class AllowPasteControls)
	       If true,	allow control characters such as BEL  and  CAN	to  be
	       pasted.	 Formatting  characters	 (tab,	newline)  are normally
	       allowed,	 unless	 suppressed  via  the  disallowedPasteControls
	       resource.   Other  C0  control characters are suppressed	unless
	       this resource is	enabled.  The exact set	of control  characters
	       (C0  and	 C1)  depends  upon whether UTF-8 encoding is used, as
	       well  as	 the  allowC1Printable	 and   disallowedPasteControls
	       resources.  The default is "false".

       allowScrollLock (class AllowScrollLock)
	       Specifies  whether  control sequences that set/query the	Scroll
	       Lock key	should be allowed, as well as whether the Scroll  Lock
	       key responds to user's keypress.	 The default is	"false".

	       When this feature is enabled, xterm will	sense the state	of the
	       Scroll  Lock  key  each	time  it acquires focus.  Pressing the
	       Scroll Lock key toggles xterm's	internal  state,  as  well  as
	       toggling	 the associated	LED.  While the	Scroll Lock is active,
	       xterm attempts to keep a	viewport on the	same set of lines.  If
	       the current viewport is scrolled	past  the  limit  set  by  the
	       saveLines resource, then	Scroll Lock has	no further effect.

	       The  reason for setting the default to "false" is to avoid user
	       surprise.   This	 key   is   generally	unused	 in   keyboard
	       configurations,	and  has  not acquired a standard meaning even
	       when it is used	in  that  manner.   Consequently,  users  have
	       assigned	it for ad hoc purposes.

	       See also	the autoScrollLock resource.

       allowSendEvents (class AllowSendEvents)
	       Specifies  whether  or  not  synthetic  key  and	 button	events
	       (generated using	the X protocol SendEvent  request)  should  be
	       interpreted  or discarded.  The default is "false" meaning they
	       are discarded.  Note that allowing such events would  create  a
	       very  large  security  hole,  therefore	enabling this resource
	       forcefully disables the allowXXXOps resources.  The default  is
	       "false".

       allowTcapOps (class AllowTcapOps)
	       Specifies  whether  control sequences that query	the terminal's
	       notion of its function-key  strings,  as	 termcap  or  terminfo
	       capabilities should be allowed.	The default is "true".

	       A  few programs,	e.g., vim, use this feature to get an accurate
	       description of the terminal's capabilities, independent of  the
	       termcap/terminfo	setting:

	          Xterm  can  tell  the  querying  program how	many colors it
		   supports.  This is a	 constant,  depending  on  how	it  is
		   compiled,  typically	 16.   It does not change if you alter
		   resource settings, e.g., the	boldColors resource.

	          Xterm can tell the querying program what strings  are  sent
		   by  modified	(shift-, control-, alt-) function- and keypad-
		   keys.  Reporting control- and alt-modifiers	is  a  feature
		   that	relies on the ncurses extended naming.

       allowTitleOps (class AllowTitleOps)
	       Specifies  whether  control  sequences  that  modify the	window
	       title or	icon name should be allowed.  The default is "true".

       allowWindowOps (class AllowWindowOps)
	       Specifies whether extended window control sequences (as used in
	       dtterm) should  be  allowed.   These  include  several  control
	       sequences which manipulate the window size or position, as well
	       as  reporting these values and the title	or icon	name.  Each of
	       these can be abused in a	script;	curiously enough most terminal
	       emulators that implement	these restrict only a  small  part  of
	       the repertoire.	For fine-tuning, see disallowedWindowOps.  The
	       default is "false".

       altIsNotMeta (class AltIsNotMeta)
	       If  "true", treat the Alt-key as	if it were the Meta-key.  Your
	       keyboard	may happen to be configured so they are	the same.  But
	       if they are not,	this allows you	to use the  same  prefix-  and
	       shifting	operations with	the Alt-key as with the	Meta-key.  See
	       altSendsEscape and metaSendsEscape.  The	default	is "false".

       altSendsEscape (class AltSendsEscape)
	       This  is	an additional keyboard operation that may be processed
	       after the logic for metaSendsEscape.  It	is only	 available  if
	       the altIsNotMeta	resource is set.

	          If  "true",	Alt  characters	(a character combined with the
		   modifier associated with left/right Alt-keys) are converted
		   into	a two-character	sequence  with	the  character	itself
		   preceded  by	 ESC.	This  applies  as well to function key
		   control sequences, unless xterm sees	that Alt  is  used  in
		   your	key translations.

	          If  "false",	Alt characters input from the keyboard cause a
		   shift to 8-bit characters (just like	metaSendsEscape).   By
		   combining  the  Alt-	 and  Meta-modifiers,  you  can	create
		   corresponding  combinations	 of   ESC-prefix   and	 8-bit
		   characters.

	       The  default  is	 "False".   Xterm  provides  a menu option for
	       toggling	this resource.

       alternateScroll (class ScrollCond)
	       If  "true",  the	 scroll-back  and  scroll-forw	actions	  send
	       cursor-up and -down keys	when xterm is displaying the alternate
	       screen.	The default is "false".

	       The  alternateScroll  state  can	 also  be  set using a control
	       sequence.

       alwaysBoldMode (class AlwaysBoldMode)
	       Specifies whether xterm should check if	the  normal  and  bold
	       fonts  are distinct before deciding whether to use overstriking
	       to simulate bold	fonts.	If this	resource is true,  xterm  does
	       not  make  the  check  for  distinct fonts when deciding	how to
	       handle the boldMode resource.  The default is "false".
	       boldMode	  alwaysBoldMode   Comparison	Action
	       ----------------------------------------------------
	       false	  false		   ignored	use font
	       false	  true		   ignored	use font
	       true	  false		   same		overstrike
	       true	  false		   different	use font
	       true	  true		   ignored	overstrike

	       This resource is	used only for bitmap fonts:

	          When	using bitmap fonts,  it	 is  possible  that  the  font
		   server  will	approximate the	bold font by rescaling it from
		   a different font size than  expected.   The	alwaysBoldMode
		   resource  allows  the user to override the (sometimes poor)
		   resulting bold font with overstriking (which	 is  at	 least
		   consistent).

	          The	problem	 does  not  occur  with	TrueType fonts (though
		   there can be	other unnecessary  issues  such	 as  different
		   coverage of the normal and bold fonts).

	       As an alternative, setting the allowBoldFonts resource to false
	       overrides both the alwaysBoldMode and the boldMode resources.

       alwaysHighlight (class AlwaysHighlight)
	       Specifies   whether  or	not  xterm  should  always  display  a
	       highlighted text	cursor.	  By  default  (if  this  resource  is
	       false),	a hollow text cursor is	displayed whenever the pointer
	       moves out of the	window or the window loses  the	 input	focus.
	       The default is "false".

       alwaysUseMods (class AlwaysUseMods)
	       Override	the numLock resource, telling xterm to use the Alt and
	       Meta   modifiers	 to  construct	parameters  for	 function  key
	       sequences even if those modifiers appear	 in  the  translations
	       resource.   Normally  xterm  checks if Alt or Meta is used in a
	       translation that	would conflict with  function  key  modifiers,
	       and  will  ignore  these	 modifiers  in that special case.  The
	       default is "false".

       answerbackString	(class AnswerbackString)
	       Specifies the string that xterm sends in	 response  to  an  ENQ
	       (control/E)  character  from  the host.	The default is a blank
	       string, i.e., "".  A hardware VT100 implements this feature  as
	       a setup option.

       appcursorDefault	(class AppcursorDefault)
	       If  "true",  the	cursor keys are	initially in application mode.
	       This is the same	as the VT102 private DECCKM mode, The  default
	       is "false".

       appkeypadDefault	(class AppkeypadDefault)
	       If  "true",  the	keypad keys are	initially in application mode.
	       The default is "false".

       assumeAllChars (class AssumeAllChars)
	       If "true", this enables a special case in bitmap	fonts to allow
	       the font	server to choose how to	display	missing	 glyphs.   The
	       default is "true".

	       The  reason  for	 this  resource	is to help with	certain	quasi-
	       automatically generated fonts (such as the ISO-10646-1 encoding
	       of Terminus) which have incorrect font-metrics.

       autoScrollLock (class AutoScrollLock)
	       If "true", xterm	will maintain its viewport of displayed	 lines
	       whenever	 displaying  scrollback,  as  if  allowScrollLock were
	       enabled and the Scroll Lock key had been	pressed.  The  default
	       is "false".  This feature is only useful	if the scrollTtyOutput
	       resource	is set to "false".

       autoWrap	(class AutoWrap)
	       Specifies  whether  or  not  auto-wraparound should be enabled.
	       This is the same	as the VT102 DECAWM.  The default is "true".

       awaitInput (class AwaitInput)
	       Specifies whether or not	xterm uses a 50	millisecond timeout to
	       await input (i.e., to support the Xaw3d arrow scrollbar).   The
	       default is "false".

       backarrowKey (class BackarrowKey)
	       Specifies  whether  the backarrow key transmits a backspace (8)
	       or delete (127) character.   This  corresponds  to  the	DECBKM
	       control	sequence.   A  "true"  value specifies backspace.  The
	       default is "True".   Pressing  the  control  key	 toggles  this
	       behavior.

       background (class Background)
	       Specifies  the  color  to use for the background	of the window.
	       The default is "XtDefaultBackground".

       bellIsUrgent (class BellIsUrgent)
	       Specifies whether to  set  the  Urgency	hint  for  the	window
	       manager when making a bell sound.  The default is "false".

       bellOnReset (class BellOnReset)
	       Specifies whether to sound a bell when doing a hard reset.  The
	       default is "true".

       bellSuppressTime	(class BellSuppressTime)
	       Number  of  milliseconds	 after	a  bell	command	is sent	during
	       which additional	bells will be suppressed.  Default is 200.  If
	       set non-zero, additional	bells will also	 be  suppressed	 until
	       the  server  reports that processing of the first bell has been
	       completed; this feature is most useful with the visible bell.

       boldColors (class ColorMode)
	       Specifies whether to combine bold attribute  with  colors  like
	       the  IBM	 PC,  i.e., map	colors 0 through 7 to colors 8 through
	       15.  These normally are the brighter versions of	 the  first  8
	       colors, hence bold.  The	default	is "true".

       boldFont	(class BoldFont)
	       Specifies  the  name  of	 the  bold  font  to  use  instead  of
	       overstriking.  There is no default for this resource.

	       This font must be the same height and width as the normal font,
	       otherwise it is ignored.	 If only one of	 the  normal  or  bold
	       fonts  is specified, it will be used as the normal font and the
	       bold font will be produced by overstriking this font.

	       See  also  the  discussion  of  boldMode	  and	alwaysBoldMode
	       resources.

       boldMode	(class BoldMode)
	       This  specifies	whether	 or  not  text with the	bold attribute
	       should be overstruck to simulate	bold  fonts  if	 the  resolved
	       bold  font is the same as the normal font.  It may be desirable
	       to disable bold fonts when color	is being  used	for  the  bold
	       attribute.

	       Note that xterm has one bold font which you may set explicitly.
	       Xterm  attempts	to  derive  a  bold  font  for	the other font
	       selections (font1 through font7).  If it	 cannot	 find  a  bold
	       font,  it  will use the normal font.  In	each case (whether the
	       explicit	resource or the	derived	font), if the normal and  bold
	       fonts  are  distinct, this resource has no effect.  The default
	       is "true".

	       See the alwaysBoldMode resource which can modify	 the  behavior
	       of this resource.

	       Although	 xterm	attempts  to derive a bold font	for other font
	       selections, the font server may not  cooperate.	 Since	X11R6,
	       bitmap  fonts  have  been  scaled.   The	 font server claims to
	       provide the bold	font that xterm	requests, but  the  result  is
	       not always readable.  XFree86 introduced	a feature which	can be
	       used  to	suppress the scaling.  In the X	server's configuration
	       file (e.g., "/etc/X11/XFree86"  or  "/etc/X11/xorg.conf"),  you
	       can  add	 ":unscaled" to	the end	of the directory specification
	       for the "misc" fonts, which comprise the	fixed-pitch fonts that
	       are used	by xterm.  For example

		   FontPath  "/usr/lib/X11/fonts/misc/"

	       would become

		   FontPath  "/usr/lib/X11/fonts/misc/:unscaled"

	       Depending on your configuration,	the font server	may  have  its
	       own  configuration  file.  The same ":unscaled" can be added to
	       its  configuration  file	 at   the   end	  of   the   directory
	       specification for "misc".

	       The  bitmap  scaling feature is also used by xterm to implement
	       VT102 double-width and double-height characters.

       brokenLinuxOSC (class BrokenLinuxOSC)
	       If true,	xterm applies a	workaround to ignore malformed control
	       sequences that a	Linux script might send.  Compare the  palette
	       control	sequences  documented  in  console_codes with ECMA-48.
	       The default is "true".

       brokenSelections	(class BrokenSelections)
	       If true,	xterm in 8-bit mode will interpret  STRING  selections
	       as  carrying  text  in the current locale's encoding.  Normally
	       STRING selections carry ISO-8859-1 encoded text.	 Setting  this
	       resource	 to  "true"  violates  the  ICCCM; it may, however, be
	       useful for interacting with some	broken X clients.  The default
	       is "false".

       brokenStringTerm	(class BrokenStringTerm)
	       provides	a work-around for some ISDN  routers  which  start  an
	       application  control string without completing it.  Set this to
	       "true" if xterm appears to freeze when connecting.  The default
	       is "false".

	       Xterm's	state  parser  recognizes  several  types  of  control
	       strings which can contain text, e.g.,

	       APC (Application	Program	Command),
	       DCS (Device Control String),
	       OSC (Operating System Command),
	       PM (Privacy Message), and
	       SOS (Start of String),

	       Each  should  end with a	string-terminator (a special character
	       which  cannot  appear  in  these	 strings).   Ordinary  control
	       characters  found  within  the string are not ignored; they are
	       processed without interfering with the process of  accumulating
	       the  control string's content.  Xterm recognizes	these controls
	       in all modes, although some of the functions may	be  suppressed
	       after parsing the control.

	       When  enabled,  this  feature  allows  the user to exit from an
	       unterminated control string when	any of these ordinary  control
	       characters are found:

	       control/D (used as an end of file in many shells),
	       control/H (backspace),
	       control/I (tab-feed),
	       control/J (line feed aka	newline),
	       control/K (vertical tab),
	       control/L (form feed),
	       control/M (carriage return),
	       control/N (shift-out),
	       control/O (shift-in),
	       control/Q (XOFF),
	       control/X (cancel)

       c132 (class C132)
	       Specifies  whether  or  not  the	VT102 DECCOLM escape sequence,
	       used to switch between 80 and 132 columns, should  be  honored.
	       The default is "false".

       cacheDoublesize (class CacheDoublesize)
	       Tells  whether  to cache	double-sized fonts by xterm.  Set this
	       to zero to disable double-sized fonts altogether.

       cdXtraScroll (class CdXtraScroll)
	       Specifies whether xterm	should	scroll	to  a  new  page  when
	       clearing	 the  whole  screen.  Like tiXtraScroll, the intent of
	       this  option  is	 to  provide  a	 picture  of  the  full-screen
	       application's  display  on the scrollback before	wiping out the
	       text.

	       Xterm accepts either a keyword (ignoring	case)  or  the	number
	       shown in	parentheses:

	       false (0)
		      nothing is added to the scrollback.

	       true (1)
		      the current screen is added to the scrollback.

	       trim (2)
		      the  current  screen  is	added  to  the scrollback, but
		      repeated blank lines are trimmed (reduced	 to  a	single
		      blank line).

	       The default for this resource is	"false".

       charClass (class	CharClass)
	       Specifies  comma-separated lists	of character class bindings of
	       the form

		   low[-high][:value].

	       These are used in determining which sets	of  characters	should
	       be  treated  the	 same  when  doing  cut	 and  paste.   See the
	       CHARACTER CLASSES section.

       checksumExtension (class	ChecksumExtension)
	       DEC VT420 and up	support	 a  control  sequence  DECRQCRA	 which
	       reports	the  checksum of the characters	in a rectangle.	 Xterm
	       supports	this, with extensions that can be configured with bits
	       of the checksumExtension:

	       0    do not negate the result.

	       1    do not report the VT100 video attributes.

	       2    do not omit	checksum for blanks.

	       3    omit checksum for cells not	explicitly initialized.

	       4    do not mask	cell value  to	8  bits	 or  ignore  combining
		    characters.

	       5    do not mask	cell value to 7	bits.

	       With the	default	value (0), xterm matches the behavior of DEC's
	       terminals.   To	use  all  extensions,  set  all	bits, "-1" for
	       example.

       cjkWidth	(class CjkWidth)
	       Specifies whether xterm	should	follow	the  traditional  East
	       Asian  width  convention.  When turned on, characters with East
	       Asian Ambiguous (A) category in UTR 11 have a column  width  of
	       2.   You	may have to set	this option to "true" if you have some
	       old East	Asian terminal based programs that assume  that	 line-
	       drawing	characters have	a column width of 2.  If this resource
	       is false, the mkWidth resource controls the choice between  the
	       system's	 wcwidth(3)  and xterm's built-in tables.  The default
	       is "false".

       color0 (class Color0)

       color1 (class Color1)

       color2 (class Color2)

       color3 (class Color3)

       color4 (class Color4)

       color5 (class Color5)

       color6 (class Color6)

       color7 (class Color7)
	       These specify the  colors  for  the  ISO-6429  extension.   The
	       defaults	 are,  respectively,  black,  red3, green3, yellow3, a
	       customizable dark  blue,	 magenta3,  cyan3,  and	 gray90.   The
	       default	shades of color	are chosen to allow the	colors 8-15 to
	       be used as brighter versions.

       color8 (class Color8)

       color9 (class Color9)

       color10 (class Color10)

       color11 (class Color11)

       color12 (class Color12)

       color13 (class Color13)

       color14 (class Color14)

       color15 (class Color15)
	       These specify the colors	for the	ISO-6429 extension if the bold
	       attribute is also enabled.  The	default	 resource  values  are
	       respectively,  gray50,  red,  green, yellow, a customized light
	       blue, magenta, cyan, and	white.

       color16 (class Color16)

       through

       color255	(class Color255)
	       These specify the colors	 for  the  256-color  extension.   The
	       default resource	values are for

	          colors 16 through 231 to make a 6x6x6 color cube, and

	          colors 232 through 255 to make a grayscale ramp.

	       Resources  past color15 are available as	a compile-time option.
	       Due to a	hardcoded limit	in the X libraries on the total	number
	       of resources (to	400), the resources for	256-colors are omitted
	       when wide-character support  and	 luit  are  enabled.   Besides
	       inconsistent  behavior  if  only	 part  of  the	resources were
	       allowed,	determining the	exact cutoff is	difficult, and	the  X
	       libraries  tend to crash	if the number of resources exceeds the
	       limit.  The color palette is  still  initialized	 to  the  same
	       default values, and can be modified via control sequences.

	       On the other hand, the resource limit does permit including the
	       entire range for	88-colors.

       colorAttrMode (class ColorAttrMode)
	       Specifies whether colorBD, colorBL, colorRV, and	colorUL	should
	       override	ANSI colors.  If not, these are	displayed only when no
	       ANSI  colors have been set for the corresponding	position.  The
	       default is "false".

       colorBD (class ColorBD)
	       This specifies the color	to use to display bold	characters  if
	       the   "colorBDMode"   resource  is  enabled.   The  default  is
	       "XtDefaultForeground".

	       See also	the veryBoldColors  resource  which  allows  combining
	       bold and	color.

       colorBDMode (class ColorAttrMode)
	       Specifies  whether characters with the bold attribute should be
	       displayed in color or as	bold characters.   Note	 that  setting
	       colorMode off disables all colors, including bold.  The default
	       is "false".

       colorBL (class ColorBL)
	       This  specifies the color to use	to display blink characters if
	       the  "colorBLMode"  resource  is	 enabled.   The	  default   is
	       "XtDefaultForeground".

	       See  also  the  veryBoldColors  resource	which allows combining
	       underline and color.

       colorBLMode (class ColorAttrMode)
	       Specifies whether characters with the blink attribute should be
	       displayed in color.  Note that setting colorMode	 off  disables
	       all colors, including this.  The	default	is "false".

       colorIT (class ColorIT)
	       This specifies the color	to use to display italic characters if
	       the   "colorITMode"   resource  is  enabled.   The  default  is
	       "XtDefaultForeground".

	       See also	the veryBoldColors  resource  which  allows  combining
	       attributes and color.

       colorITMode (class ColorAttrMode)
	       Specifies  whether  characters with the italic attribute	should
	       be displayed in color or	as italic characters.  The default  is
	       "false".

	       Note that:

	          Setting   colorMode	off  disables  all  colors,  including
		   italic.

	          The italicULMode resource overrides colorITMode.

       colorInnerBorder	(class ColorInnerBorder)
	       Normally, xterm fills the VT100 window's	inner border using the
	       background color.

	       If the colorInnerBorder resource	is enabled, at	startup	 xterm
	       will compare the	borderColor and	the window's background	color.
	       If those	are different, xterm will use the borderColor resource
	       to  fill	the inner border.  Otherwise, it will use the window's
	       background color.

	       The default is "false".

       colorMode (class	ColorMode)
	       Specifies whether or not	recognition of ANSI  (ISO-6429)	 color
	       change  escape  sequences  should  be  enabled.	The default is
	       "true".

       colorRV (class ColorRV)
	       This specifies the color	to use to display  reverse  characters
	       if  the	"colorRVMode"  resource	 is  enabled.	The default is
	       "XtDefaultForeground".

	       See also	the veryBoldColors  resource  which  allows  combining
	       reverse and color.

       colorRVMode (class ColorAttrMode)
	       Specifies  whether characters with the reverse attribute	should
	       be  displayed  in  color.   Note	 that  setting	colorMode  off
	       disables	all colors, including this.  The default is "false".

       colorUL (class ColorUL)
	       This   specifies	  the  color  to  use  to  display  underlined
	       characters if  the  "colorULMode"  resource  is	enabled.   The
	       default is "XtDefaultForeground".

	       See  also  the  veryBoldColors  resource	which allows combining
	       underline and color.

       colorULMode (class ColorAttrMode)
	       Specifies  whether  characters  with  the  underline  attribute
	       should be displayed in color or as underlined characters.  Note
	       that  setting  colorMode	 off  disables	all  colors, including
	       underlining.  The default is "false".

       combiningChars (class CombiningChars)
	       Specifies the number of wide-characters which can be stored  in
	       a  cell	to overstrike (combine)	with the base character	of the
	       cell.  This can be set to values	in the	range  0  to  5.   The
	       default is "2".

       ctrlFKeys (class	CtrlFKeys)
	       In  VT220  keyboard  mode (see sunKeyboard resource), specifies
	       the amount by which to shift F1-F12 given  a  control  modifier
	       (CTRL).	This allows you	to generate key	symbols	for F10-F20 on
	       a  Sun/PC keyboard.  The	default	is "10", which means that CTRL
	       F1 generates the	key symbol for F11.

       curses (class Curses)
	       Specifies whether or not	the last column	bug in more(1)	should
	       be worked around.  See the -cu option for details.  The default
	       is "false".

       cursorBar (class	CursorBar)
	       Specifies  whether  to  make  the  cursor  a left-bar or	a box,
	       unless the cursorUnderLine resource is  set.   The  default  is
	       "false".

       cursorBlink (class CursorBlink)
	       Specifies  whether  to  make  the  cursor blink.	 Xterm accepts
	       either a	 keyword  (ignoring  case)  or	the  number  shown  in
	       parentheses:

	       false (0)
		  The  cursor  will not	blink, but may be combined with	escape
		  sequences according to the cursorBlinkXOR resource.

	       true (1)
		  The cursor will blink,  but  may  be	combined  with	escape
		  sequences according to the cursorBlinkXOR resource.

	       always (2)
		  The  cursor  will  always  blink, ignoring escape sequences.
		  The menu entry will be disabled.

	       never (3)
		  The cursor will never	blink, ignoring	escape sequences.  The
		  menu entry will be disabled.

	       The default is "false".

       cursorBlinkXOR (class CursorBlinkXOR)
	       Xterm uses two inputs to	determine whether the cursor blinks:

	          The cursorBlink resource (which can be altered with a  menu
		   entry).

	          Control sequences (private mode 12 and DECSCUSR).

	       The  cursorBlinkXOR  resource  determines  how those inputs are
	       combined:

	       false
		    Xterm uses the logical-OR of the two variables.  If	either
		    is set, xterm makes	the cursor blink.

	       true
		    Xterm uses the logical-XOR of the two variables.  If  only
		    one	is set,	xterm makes the	cursor blink.

	       The default is "true".

       cursorColor (class CursorColor)
	       Specifies the color to use for the text cursor.	The default is
	       "XtDefaultForeground".  By default, xterm attempts to keep this
	       color  from  being  the	same as	the background color, since it
	       draws the cursor	by filling the background of a text cell.  The
	       same restriction	applies	to control sequences which may	change
	       this color.

	       Setting	this resource overrides	most of	xterm's	adjustments to
	       cursor color.  It will still use	reverse-video to disallow some
	       cases, such as a	black cursor on	a black	background.

       cursorOffTime (class CursorOffTime)
	       Specifies the duration of the "off" part	of  the	 cursor	 blink
	       cycle-time  in  milliseconds.   The same	timer is used for text
	       blinking.  The default is "300".

       cursorOnTime (class CursorOnTime)
	       Specifies the duration of the "on" part	of  the	 cursor	 blink
	       cycle-time,  in	milliseconds.  The same	timer is used for text
	       blinking.  The default is "600".

       cursorUnderLine (class CursorUnderLine)
	       Specifies whether to make the cursor underlined or a  box.   If
	       unset (false), the cursorBar resource may set the cursor	shape.
	       The default is "false".

       cutNewline (class CutNewline)
	       If  "false",  triple clicking to	select a line does not include
	       the newline at the end of the line.  If "true", the Newline  is
	       selected.  The default is "true".

       cutToBeginningOfLine (class CutToBeginningOfLine)
	       If  "false", triple clicking to select a	line selects only from
	       the current word	 forward.   If	"true",	 the  entire  line  is
	       selected.  The default is "true".

       decGraphicsID (class DecGraphicsID)
	       Allows  a  way to combine the graphics feature from certain DEC
	       terminals (125, 240, 241, 330, 340 or 382) with other emulation
	       levels which did	not  provide  the  graphics  feature.	As  in
	       decTerminalID,  leading non-digit characters are	ignored, e.g.,
	       "vt340" and "340" are the same.

	       If the resource value is	nonzero,  xterm	 uses  that  emulation
	       level when initializing the drawing region and decoding control
	       sequences to draw graphics.

	       The default is "0".

       decTerminalID (class DecTerminalID)
	       Specifies  the  emulation  level	 (100=VT100, 220=VT220,	etc.),
	       used to	determine  the	type  of  response  to	a  DA  control
	       sequence.   Leading  non-digit  characters  are	ignored, e.g.,
	       "vt100" and "100" are the same.	The default is "420".

       defaultString (class DefaultString)
	       Specify the character (or string) which xterm  will  substitute
	       when   pasted   text  includes  a  character  which  cannot  be
	       represented in the current  encoding.   For  instance,  pasting
	       UTF-8 text into a display of ISO-8859-1 characters will only be
	       able  to	 display  codes	 0-255,	 while	UTF-8 text can include
	       Unicode values above 255.  The default is "#" (a	 single	 pound
	       sign).

	       If the undisplayable text would be double-width,	xterm will add
	       a  space	 after	the  "#"  character,  to give roughly the same
	       layout on the screen as the original text.

       deleteIsDEL (class DeleteIsDEL)
	       Specifies what the Delete key on	the editing keypad should send
	       when pressed.  The resource value is a string, evaluated	 as  a
	       boolean	after  startup.	 Xterm uses it in conjunction with the
	       keyboardType resource:

	          If the keyboard type	 is  "default",	 or  "vt220"  and  the
		   resource  is	 either	"true" or "maybe" send the VT220-style
		   Remove escape sequence.  Otherwise, send DEL	(127).

	          If the keyboard type	 is  "legacy",	and  the  resource  is
		   "true" send DEL.  Otherwise,	send the Remove	sequence.

	          Otherwise,  if  the	keyboard type is none of these special
		   cases, send DEL (127).

	       The default is "Maybe".	The resource is	allowed	to be  a  non-
	       boolean "maybe" so that the popup menu Delete is	DEL entry does
	       not override the	keyboard type.

       directColor (class DirectColor)
	       Specifies  whether  to  handle  direct-color  control sequences
	       using the X server's available colors, or to approximate	 those
	       using a color map with 256 entries.  A "true" value enables the
	       former.	The default is "true".

       disallowedColorOps (class DisallowedColorOps)
	       Specify	which  features	 will  be disabled if allowColorOps is
	       false.  This is a comma-separated list of names.	  The  default
	       value is
	       SetColor,GetColor,GetAnsiColor

	       The  names are listed below.  Xterm ignores capitalization, but
	       they are	shown in mixed-case for	clarity.

	       SetColor
		    Set	a specific dynamic color.

	       GetColor
		    Report the current setting of a given dynamic color.

	       GetAnsiColor
		    Report the current setting of a given ANSI color (actually
		    any	of the colors set via ANSI-style controls).

       disallowedFontOps (class	DisallowedFontOps)
	       Specify which features will  be	disabled  if  allowFontOps  is
	       false.	This  is a comma-separated list	of names.  The default
	       value is

		   SetFont,GetFont

	       The names are listed below.  Xterm ignores capitalization,  but
	       they are	shown in mixed-case for	clarity.

	       SetFont
		    Set	the specified font.

	       GetFont
		    Report the specified font.

       disallowedMouseOps (class DisallowedMouseOps)
	       Specify	which  features	 will  be disabled if allowMouseOps is
	       false.  This is a comma-separated list of names.	  The  default
	       value  is  "*"  which  matches all names.  The names are	listed
	       below.  Xterm ignores capitalization, but  they	are  shown  in
	       mixed-case for clarity.

	       X10  The	original X10 mouse protocol.

	       Locator
		    DEC	locator	mode

	       VT200Click
		    X11	mouse-clicks only.

	       VT200Hilite
		    X11	mouse-clicks and highlighting.

	       AnyButton
		    XFree86  xterm any-button mode sends button-clicks as well
		    as motion events while the button is pressed.

	       AnyEvent
		    XFree86 xterm any-event mode sends button-clicks  as  well
		    as motion events whether or	not a button is	pressed.

	       FocusEvent
		    Send FocusIn/FocusOut events.

	       Extended
		    The	 first	extension  beyond  X11	mouse  protocol,  this
		    encodes the	coordinates in UTF-8.	It  is	deprecated  in
		    favor of SGR, but provided for compatibility.

	       SGR  This is the	recommended extension for mouse-coordinates

	       URXVT
		    Like Extended, this	is provided for	compatibility.

	       AlternateScroll
		    This overrides the alternateScroll resource.

       disallowedPasteControls (class DisallowedPasteControls)
	       Use  this  resource  to	disallow  pasting  specific C0 control
	       characters when the allowPasteControls resource is false	(i.e.,
	       the  default).	This  resource	defines	 the  set  of  control
	       characters  which  cannot  be  pasted,  converting  each	into a
	       space.  Other C0	controls are pasted without change.

	       The resource value is a comma-separated list of	names.	 Xterm
	       ignores capitalization.	The default value is

		   BS,DEL,ENQ,EOT,ESC,NUL,STTY

	       The names are listed below:

	       C0   all	ASCII control characters.

	       Individual C0 characters
		    NUL,  SOH,	STX,  ETX, EOT,	ENQ, ACK, BEL, BS, HT, LF, VT,
		    FF,	CR, SO,	SI, DLE, DC1, DC2, DC3,	DC4,  NAK,  SYN,  ETB,
		    CAN, EM, SUB, ESC, FS, GS, RS, US

	       DEL  ASCII delete

	       NL   ASCII line-feed, i.e., "newline" is	the same as LF.

	       STTY special characters which are set with stty(1).

       disallowedTcapOps (class	DisallowedTcapOps)
	       Specify	which  features	 will  be  disabled if allowTcapOps is
	       false.  This is a comma-separated list of names.	  The  default
	       value is

		   SetTcap,GetTcap

	       The  names are listed below.  Xterm ignores capitalization, but
	       they are	shown in mixed-case for	clarity.

	       SetTcap
		    (not implemented)

	       GetTcap
		    Report specified function- and other special keys.

       disallowedWindowOps (class DisallowedWindowOps)
	       Specify which features will be disabled	if  allowWindowOps  is
	       false.	This  is  a comma-separated list of names, or (for the
	       controls	 adapted  from	dtterm	the  operation	number).   The
	       default value is

		   20,21,SetXprop,SetSelection
		   (i.e., all except a few "dangerous" operations are allowed).

	       The  names are listed below.  Xterm ignores capitalization, but
	       they are	shown in mixed-case for	clarity.  Where	a  number  can
	       be used as an alternative, it is	given in parentheses after the
	       name.

	       GetChecksum
		    Report checksum of characters in a rectangular region.

	       GetIconTitle (20)
		    Report xterm window's icon label as	a string.

	       GetScreenSizeChars (19)
		    Report the size of the screen in characters	as numbers.

	       GetSelection
		    Report selection data as a base64 string.

	       GetWinPosition (13)
		    Report xterm window	position as numbers.

	       GetWinSizeChars (18)
		    Report the size of the text	area in	characters as numbers.

	       GetWinSizePixels	(14)
		    Report xterm window	in pixels as numbers.

	       GetWinState (11)
		    Report xterm window	state as a number.

	       GetWinTitle (21)
		    Report xterm window's title	as a string.

	       LowerWin	(6)
		    Lower  the	xterm  window  to  the	bottom of the stacking
		    order.

	       MaximizeWin (9)
		    Maximize window (i.e., resize to screen size).

	       FullscreenWin (10)
		    Use	full screen (i.e.,  resize  to	screen	size,  without
		    window decorations).

	       MinimizeWin (2)
		    Iconify window.

	       PopTitle	(23)
		    Pop	title from internal stack.

	       PushTitle (22)
		    Push title to internal stack.

	       RaiseWin	(5)
		    Raise the xterm window to the front	of the stacking	order.

	       RefreshWin (7)
		    Refresh the	xterm window.

	       RestoreWin (1)
		    De-iconify window.

	       SetChecksum
		    Modify algorithm for reporting checksum of characters in a
		    rectangular	region.

	       SetSelection
		    Set	selection data.

	       SetWinLines
		    Resize to a	given number of	lines, at least	24.

	       SetWinPosition (3)
		    Move window	to given coordinates.

	       SetWinSizeChars (8)
		    Resize the text area to given size in characters.

	       SetWinSizePixels	(4)
		    Resize the xterm window to given size in pixels.

	       SetXprop
		    Set	X property on top-level	window.

       dynamicColors (class DynamicColors)
	       Specifies  whether  or  not  escape  sequences to change	colors
	       assigned	to different attributes	are recognized.

       eightBitControl (class EightBitControl)
	       Specifies whether or not	control	sequences sent by the terminal
	       should  be  eight-bit  characters  or  escape  sequences.   The
	       default is "false".

       eightBitInput (class EightBitInput)
	       If  "true",  Meta  characters (a	single-byte character combined
	       with the	 Meta  modifier	 key)  input  from  the	 keyboard  are
	       presented  as  a	 single	 character,  modified according	to the
	       eightBitMeta  resource.	 If  "false",  Meta   characters   are
	       converted  into	a  two-character  sequence  with the character
	       itself preceded by ESC.	The default is "true".

	       The metaSendsEscape and altSendsEscape resources	 may  override
	       this  feature.	Generally  keyboards do	not have a key labeled
	       "Meta", but "Alt" keys are common, and they are	conventionally
	       used  for  "Meta".  If they were	synonymous, it would have been
	       reasonable to name this	resource  "altSendsEscape",  reversing
	       its  sense.   For  more	background  on	this, see the meta(3x)
	       function	in curses.

	       Note that the Alt key is	not necessarily	the same as  the  Meta
	       modifier.   The	xmodmap	 utility  lists	your key modifiers.  X
	       defines modifiers for shift, (caps) lock	and control,  as  well
	       as 5 additional modifiers which are generally used to configure
	       key modifiers.  Xterm inspects the same information to find the
	       modifier	 associated  with either Meta key (left	or right), and
	       uses that key as	the Meta modifier.   It	 also  looks  for  the
	       NumLock key, to recognize the modifier which is associated with
	       that.

	       If  your	 xmodmap configuration uses the	same keycodes for Alt-
	       and Meta-keys, xterm will only  see  the	 Alt-key  definitions,
	       since  those  are  tested  before Meta-keys.  NumLock is	tested
	       first.  It is important to keep these keys distinct;  otherwise
	       some of xterm's functionality is	not available.

	       The  eightBitInput  resource  is	 tested	 at  startup time.  If
	       "true", the xterm tries to put the terminal  into  8-bit	 mode.
	       If  "false",  on	 startup, xterm	tries to put the terminal into
	       7-bit mode.  For	 some  configurations  this  is	 unsuccessful;
	       failure	is  ignored.  After startup, xterm does	not change the
	       terminal	between	8-bit and 7-bit	mode.

	       As originally implemented in X11, the resource  value  did  not
	       change after startup.  However (since patch #216	in 2006) xterm
	       can  modify eightBitInput after startup via a control sequence.
	       The corresponding terminfo capabilities smm (set	meta mode) and
	       rmm (reset meta mode) have been recognized  by  bash  for  some
	       time.   Interestingly  enough,  bash's  notion  of  "meta mode"
	       differs from the	standard definition (in	the terminfo  manual),
	       which  describes	 the  change to	the eighth bit of a character.
	       It happens that bash views "meta	mode"  as  the	ESC  character
	       that  xterm  puts before	a character when a special meta	key is
	       pressed.	  bash's  early	 documentation	talks  about  the  ESC
	       character and ignores the eighth	bit.

       eightBitMeta (class EightBitMeta)
	       This  controls  the  way	 xterm	modifies  the  eighth bit of a
	       single-byte key when the	eightBitInput resource	is  set.   The
	       default is "locale".

	       The  resource  value  is	a string, evaluated as a boolean after
	       startup.

	       false
		    The	key is sent unmodified.

	       locale
		    The	key is modified	only  if  the  locale  uses  eight-bit
		    encoding.

	       true The	key is sent modified.

	       never
		    The	key is always sent unmodified.

	       Except	for  the  never	 choice,  xterm	 honors	 the  terminfo
	       capabilities smm	(set meta mode)	and  rmm  (reset  meta	mode),
	       allowing	the feature to be turned on or off dynamically.

	       If  eightBitMeta	 is  enabled when the locale uses UTF-8, xterm
	       encodes the value as UTF-8 (since patch #183 in 2003).

       eightBitOutput (class EightBitOutput)
	       Specifies whether or not	eight-bit  characters  sent  from  the
	       host  should  be	 accepted as is	or stripped when printed.  The
	       default is "true", which	means that they	are accepted as	is.

       eightBitSelectTypes (class EightBitSelectTypes)
	       Override	  xterm's   default   selection	  target   list	  (see
	       SELECT/PASTE)  for selections in	normal (ISO-8859-1) mode.  The
	       default is an empty string, i.e., "", which does	 not  override
	       anything.

       eraseSavedLines (class EraseSavedLines)
	       Specifies  whether  or  not  to	allow xterm extended ED/DECSED
	       control sequences to erase the saved-line buffer.  The  default
	       is "true".

       faceName	(class FaceName)
	       Specify	the  pattern  for  scalable  fonts  selected  from the
	       FreeType	library	if support for that library was	compiled  into
	       xterm.  There is	no default value.

	       One  or	more  fonts can	be specified, separated	by commas.  If
	       prefixed	with "x:" or "x11:" the	specification applies  to  the
	       XLFD   font   resource.	  A  "xft:"  prefix  is	 accepted  but
	       unnecessary since a missing prefix for faceName means  that  it
	       will be used for	TrueType.  For example,

		   XTerm*faceName: x:fixed,xft:Bitstream Vera Sans Mono

	       Two  TrueType fonts can be specified in this way.  The first is
	       the primary font; the second acts as a manual override  to  the
	       fontconfig fontset.

	       If  no  faceName	resource is specified, or if there is no match
	       for both	TrueType normal	and bold fonts,	xterm  uses  the  XLFD
	       (bitmap)	font and related resources.

	       It  is  possible	to select suitable bitmap fonts	using a	script
	       such as this:

		   #!/bin/sh
		   FONT=`xfontsel -print`
		   test	-n "$FONT" && xfd -fn "$FONT"

	       However (even though xfd	 accepts  a  "-fa"  option  to	denote
	       FreeType	 fonts), xfontsel has not been similarly extended.  As
	       a workaround, you may try

		   fc-list :scalable=true:spacing=mono:	family

	       to find a list of scalable fixed-pitch fonts which may be  used
	       for the faceName	resource value.

       faceNameDoublesize (class FaceNameDoublesize)
	       Specify	a  double-width	 scalable  font	 for  cases  where  an
	       application requires this, e.g.,	in CJK applications.  There is
	       no default value.

	       Like the	faceName resource, this	 allows	 one  or  more	comma-
	       separated  font	specifications	to  be	applied	 to  the  wide
	       TrueType	or XLFD	fonts.

	       If  the	application  uses  double-wide	characters  and	  this
	       resource	 is  not given,	xterm will use a scaled	version	of the
	       font given by faceName.

       faceSize	(class FaceSize)
	       Specify the pointsize for  fonts	 selected  from	 the  FreeType
	       library	if  support  for that library was compiled into	xterm.
	       The default is "8.0" On the VT Fonts menu, this corresponds  to
	       the Default entry.

	       Although	 the default is	"8.0", this may	not be the same	as the
	       pointsize for the default bitmap	font, i.e., that assigned with
	       the -fn option, or the font resource.   The  default  value  of
	       faceSize	 is  chosen  to	 match	the  size of the "fixed" font,
	       making switching	between	bitmap and TrueType fonts via the font
	       menu give comparable sizes for the window.  If your -fn	option
	       uses  a	different  pointsize,  you  might  want	 to adjust the
	       faceSize	resource to match.

	       You can specify the pointsize for TrueType fonts	selected  with
	       the other size-related menu entries such	as Medium, Huge, etc.,
	       by  using  one of the following resource	values.	 If you	do not
	       specify a value,	they default to	"0.0", which causes  xterm  to
	       use  the	ratio of font sizes from the corresponding bitmap font
	       resources to obtain a TrueType pointsize.

	       If all of the faceSize resources	are set, then xterm  will  use
	       this  information to determine the next smaller/larger TrueType
	       font for	the larger-vt-font()  and  smaller-vt-font()  actions.
	       If any are not set, xterm will use only the areas of the	bitmap
	       fonts.

       faceSize1 (class	FaceSize1)
	       Specifies the pointsize of the first alternative	font.

       faceSize2 (class	FaceSize2)
	       Specifies the pointsize of the second alternative font.

       faceSize3 (class	FaceSize3)
	       Specifies the pointsize of the third alternative	font.

       faceSize4 (class	FaceSize4)
	       Specifies the pointsize of the fourth alternative font.

       faceSize5 (class	FaceSize5)
	       Specifies the pointsize of the fifth alternative	font.

       faceSize6 (class	FaceSize6)
	       Specifies the pointsize of the sixth alternative	font.

       faceSize7 (class	FaceSize7)
	       Specifies the pointsize of the seventh alternative font.

       faintIsRelative (class FaintIsRelative)
	       Faint colors are	derived	from the current text color, e.g., the
	       ANSI  colors,  by  scaling  the red, green and blue components.
	       Use this	resource to specify whether that is done  relative  to
	       the  current  background	 color,	 or as an absolute value.  The
	       default is "false".

       fastScroll (class FastScroll)
	       Modifies	the effect of jump scroll (jumpScroll) by  suppressing
	       screen refreshes	for the	special	case when output to the	screen
	       has  completely	shifted	 the  contents	off-screen.  Likewise,
	       screen refreshes	for related actions, e.g.,  carriage  returns,
	       are suppressed.

	       For  instance,  cat'ing	a  large  file	to the screen normally
	       results in a large number of screen refreshes.  By  suppressing
	       the corresponding refreshes, scrolling speed improves.

	       The default is "true".

       font (class Font)
	       Specifies the name of the normal	font.  The default is "fixed".

	       See  the	discussion of the locale resource, which describes how
	       this font may be	overridden.

	       NOTE: some resource files use patterns such as

		   *font: fixed

	       which are overly	broad, affecting both

		   xterm.vt100.font

	       and

		   xterm.vt100.utf8Fonts.font

	       which is	probably not what you intended.

       font1 (class Font1)
	       Specifies the name of the first alternative font, corresponding
	       to "Unreadable" in the standard menu.

       font2 (class Font2)
	       Specifies  the	name   of   the	  second   alternative	 font,
	       corresponding to	"Tiny" in the standard menu.

       font3 (class Font3)
	       Specifies the name of the third alternative font, corresponding
	       to "Small" in the standard menu.

       font4 (class Font4)
	       Specifies   the	 name	of   the   fourth   alternative	 font,
	       corresponding to	"Medium" in the	standard menu.

       font5 (class Font5)
	       Specifies the name of the fifth alternative font, corresponding
	       to "Large" in the standard menu.

       font6 (class Font6)
	       Specifies the name of the sixth alternative font, corresponding
	       to "Huge" in the	standard menu.

       font7 (class Font7)
	       Specifies  the  name   of   the	 seventh   alternative	 font,
	       corresponding to	"Enormous" in the standard menu.

       fontDoublesize (class FontDoublesize)
	       Specifies  whether  xterm should	attempt	to use font scaling to
	       draw double-sized characters.  Some older font  servers	cannot
	       do  this	 properly,  will  return misleading font metrics.  The
	       default is "true".  If disabled,	xterm  will  simulate  double-
	       sized  characters  by  drawing  normal  characters  with	spaces
	       between them.

       fontWarnings (class FontWarnings)
	       Specify whether xterm should report an error  if	 it  fails  to
	       load a font:

	       0    Never report an error (though the X	libraries may).

	       1    Report  an	error if the font name was given as a resource
		    setting.

	       2    Always report an error on failure to load a	font.

	       The default is "1".

       forceBoxChars (class ForceBoxChars)
	       Specifies whether xterm should assume the normal	and bold fonts
	       have VT100 line-drawing characters:

	          The fixed-pitch  ISO-8859-*-encoded	fonts  used  by	 xterm
		   normally  have the VT100 line-drawing glyphs	in cells 1-31.
		   Other fixed-pitch fonts may be more	attractive,  but  lack
		   these glyphs.

	          When	 using	an ISO-10646-1 font and	the wideChars resource
		   is true, xterm uses the  Unicode  glyphs  which  match  the
		   VT100 line-drawing glyphs.

	       If  "false",  xterm  checks  for	missing	glyphs in the font and
	       makes line-drawing characters directly as needed.   If  "true",
	       xterm  assumes  the  font  does	not  contain  the line-drawing
	       characters, and draws them directly.  The default is "false".

	       The VT100 line-drawing character	set (also  known  as  the  DEC
	       Special Character and Line Drawing Set) is shown	in this	table.
	       It  includes  a	few  special characters	which are not used for
	       drawing lines:
	       Cell   Unicode	Description
	       ------------------------------------------------------------
	       0      U+25AE	black vertical rectangle
	       1      U+25C6	black diamond
	       2      U+2592	medium shade
	       3      U+2409	symbol for horizontal tabulation
	       4      U+240C	symbol for form	feed
	       5      U+240D	symbol for carriage return
	       6      U+240A	symbol for line	feed
	       7      U+00B0	degree sign
	       8      U+00B1	plus-minus sign
	       9      U+2424	symbol for newline
	       10     U+240B	symbol for vertical tabulation
	       11     U+2518	box drawings light up and left
	       12     U+2510	box drawings light down	and left
	       13     U+250C	box drawings light down	and right
	       14     U+2514	box drawings light up and right
	       15     U+253C	box drawings light vertical and	horizontal
	       16     U+23BA	box drawings scan 1
	       17     U+23BB	box drawings scan 3
	       18     U+2500	box drawings light horizontal
	       19     U+23BC	box drawings scan 7
	       20     U+23BD	box drawings scan 9
	       21     U+251C	box drawings light vertical and	right
	       22     U+2524	box drawings light vertical and	left
	       23     U+2534	box drawings light up and horizontal
	       24     U+252C	box drawings light down	and horizontal
	       25     U+2502	box drawings light vertical
	       26     U+2264	less-than or equal to
	       27     U+2265	greater-than or	equal to
	       28     U+03C0	greek small letter pi
	       29     U+2260	not equal to
	       30     U+00A3	pound sign
	       31     U+00B7	middle dot
	       ------------------------------------------------------------

       forcePackedFont (class ForcePackedFont)
	       Specifies whether xterm should use the maximum or minimum glyph
	       width when displaying using a bitmap  font.   Use  the  maximum
	       width  to help with proportional	fonts.	The default is "true",
	       denoting	the minimum width.

       forceXftHeight (class ForceXftHeight)
	       Specifies whether xterm should use the given font  metrics  for
	       TrueType	 fonts,	 or  amend the ascent/descent to total no more
	       than the	given font-height.  This optional feature is  used  to
	       work around inconsistencies in FreeType's rounding computation.
	       The default is "false", denoting	the given metrics.

       foreground (class Foreground)
	       Specifies  the  color to	use for	displaying text	in the window.
	       Setting the class name instead of the instance name is an  easy
	       way  to	have everything	that would normally appear in the text
	       color change color.  The	default	is "XtDefaultForeground".

       formatOtherKeys (class FormatOtherKeys)
	       Overrides the format of the  escape  sequence  used  to	report
	       modified	keys with the modifyOtherKeys resource.

	       0  send	 modified  keys	 as  parameters	 for  function-key  27
		  (default).

	       1  send modified	keys as	parameters for CSI u.

       freeBoldBox (class FreeBoldBox)
	       Specifies whether xterm should assume the  bounding  boxes  for
	       normal  and  bold  fonts	 are  compatible.   If	"false", xterm
	       compares	them and will reject choices of	bold fonts that	do not
	       match the size of the normal font.   The	 default  is  "false",
	       which means that	the comparison is performed.

       geometry	(class Geometry)
	       Specifies  the preferred	size and position of the VTxxx window.
	       There is	no default for this resource.

       highlightColor (class HighlightColor)
	       Specifies the color to  use  for	 the  background  of  selected
	       (highlighted)  text.   If  not  specified  (i.e.,  matching the
	       default foreground), reverse video is  used.   The  default  is
	       "XtDefaultForeground".

       highlightColorMode (class HighlightColorMode)
	       Specifies  whether  xterm  should  use  highlightTextColor  and
	       highlightColor to override the  reversed	 foreground/background
	       colors in a selection.  The default is unspecified: at startup,
	       xterm checks if those resources are set to something other than
	       the  default  foreground	 and  background colors.  Setting this
	       resource	disables the check.

	       The following table shows the interaction of  the  highlighting
	       resources, abbreviated as shown to fit in this page:

	       HCM
		  highlightColorMode

	       HR highlightReverse

	       HBG
		  highlightColor

	       HFG
		  highlightTextColor

	       HCM	 HR	 HBG	   HFG	     Highlight
	       ------------------------------------------------
	       false	 false	 default   default   bg/fg
	       false	 false	 default   set	     bg/fg
	       false	 false	 set	   default   fg/HBG
	       false	 false	 set	   set	     fg/HBG
	       ------------------------------------------------
	       false	 true	 default   default   bg/fg
	       false	 true	 default   set	     bg/fg
	       false	 true	 set	   default   fg/HBG
	       false	 true	 set	   set	     fg/HBG
	       ------------------------------------------------
	       true	 false	 default   default   bg/fg
	       true	 false	 default   set	     HFG/fg
	       true	 false	 set	   default   bg/HBG
	       true	 false	 set	   set	     HFG/HBG
	       ------------------------------------------------
	       true	 true	 default   default   bg/fg
	       true	 true	 default   set	     HFG/fg
	       true	 true	 set	   default   fg/HBG
	       true	 true	 set	   set	     HFG/HBG
	       ------------------------------------------------
	       default	 false	 default   default   bg/fg
	       default	 false	 default   set	     bg/fg
	       default	 false	 set	   default   fg/HBG
	       default	 false	 set	   set	     HFG/HBG
	       ------------------------------------------------
	       default	 true	 default   default   bg/fg
	       default	 true	 default   set	     bg/fg
	       default	 true	 set	   default   fg/HBG
	       default	 true	 set	   set	     HFG/HBG
	       ------------------------------------------------

       highlightReverse	(class HighlightReverse)
	       Specifies whether xterm should reverse the selection foreground
	       and  background	colors	when selecting text with reverse-video
	       attribute.   This  applies  only	 to  the  highlightColor   and
	       highlightTextColor  resources,  e.g., to	match the color	scheme
	       of xwsh.	 If "true", xterm reverses  the	 colors,  If  "false",
	       xterm does not reverse colors, The default is "true".

       highlightSelection (class HighlightSelection)
	       Tells xterm whether to highlight	all of the selected positions,
	       or only the selected text:

	          If	"false",  selecting  with  the	mouse  highlights  all
		   positions on	 the  screen  between  the  beginning  of  the
		   selection and the current position.

	          If "true", xterm highlights only the	positions that contain
		   text	that can be selected.

	       The default is "false".

	       Depending  on  the  way	your applications write	to the screen,
	       there may be trailing blanks on a line.	Xterm stores  data  as
	       it  is  shown  on  the screen.  Erasing the display changes the
	       internal	state of each cell so it is not	considered a blank for
	       the purpose of selection.  Blanks written since the last	 erase
	       are  selectable.	 If you	do not wish to have trailing blanks in
	       a selection, use	the trimSelection resource.

       highlightTextColor (class HighlightTextColor)
	       Specifies the color to  use  for	 the  foreground  of  selected
	       (highlighted)  text.   If  not  specified  (i.e.,  matching the
	       default background), reverse video is  used.   The  default  is
	       "XtDefaultBackground".

       hpLowerleftBugCompat (class HpLowerleftBugCompat)
	       Specifies  whether  to  work  around  a	bug in HP's xdb, which
	       ignores termcap and always sends	ESC F to  move	to  the	 lower
	       left  corner.   "true"  causes  xterm  to  interpret ESC	F as a
	       request to move to the lower left corner	of  the	 screen.   The
	       default is "false".

       i18nSelections (class I18nSelections)
	       If  false,  xterm will not request the targets COMPOUND_TEXT or
	       TEXT.  The default is "true".  It may be	set to false in	 order
	       to work around ICCCM violations by other	X clients.

       iconBorderColor (class BorderColor)
	       Specifies  the  border color for	the active icon	window if this
	       feature is compiled into	xterm.	Not all	window	managers  will
	       make the	icon border visible.

       iconBorderWidth (class BorderWidth)
	       Specifies  the  border width for	the active icon	window if this
	       feature is compiled into	xterm.	The default is "2".   Not  all
	       window managers will make the border visible.

       iconFont	(class IconFont)
	       Specifies  the  font  for  the miniature	active icon window, if
	       this feature is compiled	into xterm.  The default is "nil2".

       incrementalGraphics (class IncrementalGraphics)
	       When  displaying	 SIXEL	graphics,  refresh  the	 screen	 after
	       processing each cell.  The default is "false".

       indicatorFormat (class IndicatorFormat)
	       When displaying the status line using the indicator mode	(i.e.,
	       selecting  DECSSDT  line	 type 1), format the status using this
	       resource.

	       The default value of  the  resource  displays  the  version  of
	       xterm, the cursor position and the time/date:

		   "%{version%}	 %{position%}  %{unixtime%}"

	       If  a "%" marker	does not match any of the three	special	tokens
	       used in the default resource setting, xterm uses	strftime(3) to
	       interpret it.

       initialFont (class InitialFont)
	       Specifies which of the VT100 fonts to  use  initially.	Values
	       are  the	 same  as  for the set-vt-font action.	The default is
	       "d", i.e., "default".

       inputMethod (class InputMethod)
	       Tells xterm which type of input method to  use.	 There	is  no
	       default method.

       internalBorder (class BorderWidth)
	       Specifies  the  number of pixels	between	the characters and the
	       window border.  The default is "2".

       italicULMode (class ColorAttrMode)
	       Specifies  whether  characters  with  the  underline  attribute
	       should  be  displayed  in  an  italic  font  or	as  underlined
	       characters.  It is implemented only for TrueType	fonts.

       jumpScroll (class JumpScroll)
	       Specifies whether or not	jump  scroll  should  be  used.	  This
	       corresponds  to the VT102 DECSCLM private mode.	The default is
	       "true".	See fastScroll for a variation.

       keepClipboard (class KeepClipboard)
	       Specifies whether xterm will reuse the selection	data which  it
	       copied  to  the	clipboard rather than asking the clipboard for
	       its current contents when told to provide the  selection.   The
	       default is "false".

	       If  compiled  into  xterm, the menu entry Keep Clipboard	allows
	       you to change this at runtime.

       keepSelection (class KeepSelection)
	       Specifies whether xterm will keep the selection even after  the
	       selected	 area was touched by some output to the	terminal.  The
	       default is "true".

	       The menu	entry Keep Selection allows  you  to  change  this  at
	       runtime.

       keyboardDialect (class KeyboardDialect)
	       Specifies  the initial keyboard dialect,	as well	as the default
	       value when the terminal is reset.  The value given is the  same
	       as  the	final  character in the	control	sequences which	change
	       character sets.	The default is "B", which  corresponds	to  US
	       ASCII.

       limitFontsets (class LimitFontsets)
	       Limits  the  number  of TrueType	fallback fonts (i.e., fontset)
	       which can be tested.  The default is "50".  No more than	 "255"
	       will be scanned.

	       This  limits  the  number of fallback fonts which xterm uses to
	       display	characters.   Because  TrueType	 fonts	typically  are
	       small,  xterm may open several fonts for	good coverage, and may
	       open additional fonts to	obtain information.  You can see which
	       font-files xterm	opens  by  setting  the	 environment  variable
	       XFT_DEBUG to 3.	The Xft	library	and xterm write	this debugging
	       trace to	the standard output.

	       Set this	to "0" to disable fallbacks entirely.

       limitFontHeight (class LimitFontHeight)
	       When scaling a TrueType font to provide the parts for a double-
	       high  character,	 xterm	compares  the  scaled  font  with  the
	       original	to ensure that it is taller.

	       The default is "10" (percent).

       limitFontWidth (class LimitFontWidth)
	       When looking for	fallback fonts,	xterm checks to	see  that  the
	       the  character to be displayed is the same width	as the primary
	       font.  If a character extends outside the font's	bounding  box,
	       xterm will clip it, to fit.

	       This  resource  controls	 the amount by which the character can
	       extend outside its bounding box before xterm looks further  for
	       a better	font.

	       This  resource  is  also	 used  in  scaling  TrueType fonts for
	       double-wide characters, like  limitFontHeight  for  double-wide
	       characters.

	       The default is "10" (percent).

       limitResize (class LimitResize)
	       Limits  resizing	 of the	screen via control sequence to a given
	       multiple	of the display dimensions.  The	default	is "1".

       limitResponse (class LimitResponse)
	       Limits the buffer-size  used  when  xterm  replies  to  various
	       control	sequences.   The default is "1024".  The minimum value
	       is "256".

       locale (class Locale)
	       Specifies how to	use luit(1),  an  encoding  converter  between
	       UTF-8 and locale	encodings.  The	resource value (ignoring case)
	       may be:

	       true
		   Xterm  will	use  the  encoding  specified  by  the	users'
		   LC_CTYPE locale (i.e., LC_ALL, LC_CTYPE, or LANG variables)
		   as far as possible.	This is	realized  by  always  enabling
		   UTF-8 mode and invoking luit	in non-UTF-8 locales.

	       medium
		   Xterm  will	follow	users' LC_CTYPE	locale only for	UTF-8,
		   east	Asian, and Thai	locales, where the encodings were  not
		   supported  by  conventional	8bit mode with changing	fonts.
		   For other locales, xterm will use conventional 8bit mode.

	       checkfont
		   If mini-luit	is compiled-in,	xterm will check if a  Unicode
		   font	has been specified.  If	so, it checks if the character
		   encoding  for  the  current	locale	is  POSIX,  Latin-1 or
		   Latin-9, uses the appropriate mapping to support those with
		   the Unicode font.  For other	encodings, xterm assumes  that
		   UTF-8 encoding is required.

	       false
		   Xterm  will	use  conventional  8bit	 mode  or  UTF-8  mode
		   according to	utf8 resource or -u8 option.

	       Any other value,	e.g., "UTF-8" or "ISO8859-2", is assumed to be
	       an encoding name; luit will be invoked to support the encoding.
	       The actual list of supported encodings depends  on  luit.   The
	       default is "medium".

	       Regardless of your locale and encoding, you need	an ISO-10646-1
	       font to display the result.  Your configuration may not include
	       this font, or locale-support by xterm may not be	needed.

	       At   startup,   xterm   uses  a	mechanism  equivalent  to  the
	       load-vt-fonts(utf8Fonts,	Utf8Fonts) action to  load  font  name
	       subresources  of	 the VT100 widget.  That is, resource patterns
	       such as "*vt100.utf8Fonts.font" will be loaded,	and  (if  this
	       resource	 is  enabled),	override  the  normal  fonts.	If  no
	       subresources are	found, the normal fonts	such as	"*vt100.font",
	       etc., are used.

	       For instance, you could have this in your resource file:

		   *VT100.font:	12x24
		   *VT100.utf8Fonts.font:9x15

	       When started with a UTF-8 locale, xterm	would  use  9x15,  but
	       allow  you  to  switch  to  the 12x24 font using	the menu entry
	       "UTF-8 Fonts".

	       The resource  files  distributed	 with  xterm  use  ISO-10646-1
	       fonts,  but do not rely on them unless you are using the	locale
	       mechanism.

       localeFilter (class LocaleFilter)
	       Specifies the file name	for  the  encoding  converter  from/to
	       locale encodings	and UTF-8 which	is used	with the -lc option or
	       locale resource.	 The help message shown	by "xterm -help" lists
	       the default value, which	depends	on your	system configuration.

	       If the encoding converter requires command-line parameters, you
	       can add those after the command,	e.g.,

		   *localeFilter: xterm-filter -p

	       Alternatively,  you  may	 put  those  parameters	within a shell
	       script to execute the converter,	and set	this resource to point
	       to the shell script.

	       When using a locale-filter, e.g., with the -e  option,  or  the
	       shell,  xterm  first tries passing control via that filter.  If
	       it fails, xterm will retry without  the	locale-filter.	 Xterm
	       warns about the failure before retrying.

       logFile (class Logfile)
	       Specify	the  name  for	xterm's	 log  file.   If  no  name  is
	       specified, xterm	will generate a	name when logging is  enabled,
	       as described in the -l option.

       logInhibit (class LogInhibit)
	       If  "true",  prevent  the  logging  feature from	being enabled,
	       whether by the command-line option -l, or the menu entry	Log to
	       File.  The default is "false".

       logging (class Logging)
	       If "true", (and if logInhibit is	not set)  enable  the  logging
	       feature.	 This resource is set/updated by the -l	option and the
	       menu entry Log to File.	The default is "false".

       loginShell (class LoginShell)
	       Specifies  whether  or  not  the	 shell to be run in the	window
	       should be started as a login shell.  The	default	is "false".

       marginBell (class MarginBell)
	       Specifies whether or not	the bell should	be rung	when the  user
	       types near the right margin.  The default is "false".

       maxGraphicSize (class MaxGraphicSize)
	       If xterm	is configured to support ReGIS or SIXEL	graphics, this
	       resource	 controls  the	maximum	 size  of a graph which	can be
	       displayed.

	       The default is "1000x1000" (given as width by height).

	       If the resource is "auto" then xterm will use the decGraphicsID
	       resource	(or decTerminalID if that is not set):
	       Result	 decGraphicsID
	       ------------------------
	       768x400		   125
	       800x460		   240
	       800x460		   241
	       800x480		   330
	       800x480		   340
	       860x750		   382
	       800x480		 other

       maxStringParse (class MaxStringParse)
	       Xterm's	state  parser  recognizes  several  types  of  control
	       strings which can contain text, e.g.,

	       APC (Application	Program	Command),
	       DCS (Device Control String),
	       OSC (Operating System Command),
	       PM (Privacy Message), and
	       SOS (Start of String),

	       Xterm  reads  these  strings,  accumulating  them into a	buffer
	       until they are  properly	 terminated.   At  that	 point,	 xterm
	       interprets  the	strings.  If they happen to be DCS commands to
	       draw ReGIS images, these	strings	may be large, in the  hundreds
	       of  kilobytes.	A  few	OSC  commands  may  be	as large as 10
	       kilobytes.

	       This resource sets a limit on the size of the buffer  used  for
	       these  strings.	 The default is	"600000" based on the features
	       which are configured for	xterm.	Control	strings	which  require
	       larger buffer size are ignored.

       metaSendsEscape (class MetaSendsEscape)
	       Tells xterm what	to do with input-characters modified by	Meta:

	          If  "true",	Meta characters	(a character combined with the
		   Meta	modifier  key)	are  converted	into  a	 two-character
		   sequence  with  the character itself	preceded by ESC.  This
		   applies as well to function key control  sequences,	unless
		   xterm sees that Meta	is used	in your	key translations.

	          If  "false",	 Meta  characters  input from the keyboard are
		   handled according to	the eightBitInput resource.

	       The default is "False".

       mkSamplePass (class MkSamplePass)
	       If mkSampleSize is nonzero,  and	 mkWidth  (and	cjkWidth)  are
	       false,  on  startup  xterm  compares its	built-in tables	to the
	       system's	wide character width data to decide if it will use the
	       system's	data.	It  tests  the	first  mkSampleSize  character
	       values,	and  allows  up	 to mkSamplePass mismatches before the
	       test fails.  The	default	(for the allowed number	of mismatches)
	       is 655 (one percent of the default value	for mkSampleSize).

       mkSampleSize (class MkSampleSize)
	       With mkSamplePass, this	specifies  a  startup  test  used  for
	       initializing  wide  character  width calculations.  The default
	       (number of characters to	check) is 65536.

       mkWidth (class MkWidth)
	       Specifies whether xterm should use a built-in  version  of  the
	       wide  character	width  calculation.   See  also	 the  cjkWidth
	       resource	which can override this.  The default is "false".

	       Here is a summary of the	resources which	control	the choice  of
	       wide character width calculation:
	       cjkWidth	  mkWidth   Action
	       ---------------------------------------------------------------
	       false	  false	    use	system tables subject to mkSamplePass
	       false	  true	    use	built-in tables
	       true	  false	    use	built-in CJK tables
	       true	  true	    use	built-in CJK tables

	       To  disable  mkWidth,  and  use	the  system's tables, set both
	       mkSampleSize and	mkSamplePass to	 "0".	Doing  that  may  make
	       xterm  more  consistent with applications running in xterm, but
	       may omit	some font glyphs whose width  correctly	 differs  from
	       the system's character tables.

       modifyCursorKeys	(class ModifyCursorKeys)
	       Tells  how  to  handle the special case where Control-, Shift-,
	       Alt- or Meta-modifiers are used	to  add	 a  parameter  to  the
	       escape sequence returned	by a cursor-key.  The default is "2":

	       -1   disables the feature.

	       0    uses  the old/obsolete behavior, i.e., the modifier	is the
		    first parameter.

	       1    prefixes modified sequences	with CSI.

	       2    forces the modifier	to be the second parameter if it would
		    otherwise be the first.

	       3    marks the sequence with a ">" to hint that it is private.

       modifyFunctionKeys (class ModifyFunctionKeys)
	       Tells how to handle the special case  where  Control-,  Shift-,
	       Alt-  or	 Meta-modifiers	 are  used  to	add a parameter	to the
	       escape sequence returned	by  a  (numbered)  function-key.   The
	       default	 is   "2".    The   resource  values  are  similar  to
	       modifyCursorKeys:

	       -1   permits the	user to	use shift-  and	 control-modifiers  to
		    construct  function-key  strings using the normal encoding
		    scheme.

	       0    uses the old/obsolete behavior, i.e., the modifier is  the
		    first parameter.

	       1    prefixes modified sequences	with CSI.

	       2    forces the modifier	to be the second parameter if it would
		    otherwise be the first.

	       3    marks the sequence with a ">" to hint that it is private.

	       If  modifyFunctionKeys  is zero,	xterm uses Control- and	Shift-
	       modifiers to allow the user to construct	numbered function-keys
	       beyond the set provided by the keyboard:

	       Control
		    adds the value given by the	ctrlFKeys resource.

	       Shift
		    adds twice the value given by the ctrlFKeys	resource.

	       Control/Shift
		    adds  three	 times	the  value  given  by  the   ctrlFKeys
		    resource.

       modifyKeyboard (class ModifyKeyboard)
	       Normally	xterm makes a special case regarding modifiers (shift,
	       control,	 etc.)	to handle special keyboard layouts (legacy and
	       vt220).	This is	done to	provide	compatible keyboards  for  DEC
	       VT220  and  related  terminals that implement user-defined keys
	       (UDK).

	       The bits	of the resource	value selectively enable  modification
	       of  the	given category when these keyboards are	selected.  The
	       default is "0":

	       0    The	legacy/vt220 keyboards	interpret  only	 the  Control-
		    modifier  when constructing	numbered function-keys.	 Other
		    special keys are not modified.

	       1    allows modification	of the numeric keypad

	       2    allows modification	of the editing keypad

	       4    allows modification	of  function-keys,  overrides  use  of
		    Shift-modifier for UDK.

	       8    allows modification	of other special keys

       modifyOtherKeys (class ModifyOtherKeys)
	       Like  modifyCursorKeys,	tells  xterm  to  construct  an	escape
	       sequence	for ordinary (i.e., "other") keys (such	as  "2")  when
	       modified	 by  Shift-,  Control-,	 Alt- or Meta-modifiers.  This
	       feature does not	apply to special keys, i.e., cursor-, keypad-,
	       function- or control-keys which are labeled on  your  keyboard.
	       Those have key symbols which XKB	identifies uniquely.

	       For  example,  this  feature does not apply to special control-
	       keys (e.g., Escape, Tab,	Enter, Backspace) Other	 control  keys
	       (e.g.,	Control-I,   Control-M,	 Control-H)  may  send	escape
	       sequences when this feature is enabled.

	       The default is "0":

	       0    disables this feature.

	       1    enables this feature for keys except for those with	 well-
		    known  behavior,  e.g.,  Tab,  Backarrow  and some special
		    control character cases  which  are	 built	into  the  X11
		    library,  e.g.,  Control-Space to make a NUL, or Control-3
		    to make an Escape character.

		    Except for those special cases built into the X11 library,
		    the	Shift- and Control- modifiers  are  treated  normally.
		    The	 Alt-  and  Meta- modifiers do not cause xterm to send
		    escape sequences.  Those  modifier	keys  are  interpreted
		    according  to  other  resources, e.g., the metaSendsEscape
		    resource.

	       2    enables this feature for  keys  including  the  exceptions
		    listed.   Xterm  ignores  the special cases	built into the
		    X11	library.  Any shifted (modified) ordinary key sends an
		    escape sequence.  The Alt- and Meta- modifiers cause xterm
		    to send escape sequences.

	       The Xterm FAQ has an extended discussion	of this	feature,  with
	       examples:

	       https://invisible-island.net/xterm/modified-keys.html

       multiClickTime (class MultiClickTime)
	       Specifies  the maximum time in milliseconds between multi-click
	       select events.  The default is "250" milliseconds.

       multiScroll (class MultiScroll)
	       Specifies   whether   or	  not	scrolling   should   be	  done
	       asynchronously.	The default is "false".

       nMarginBell (class Column)
	       Specifies  the  number  of  characters from the right margin at
	       which the margin	bell should  be	 rung,	when  enabled  by  the
	       marginBell resource.  The default is "10".

       nameKeymap (class NameKeymap)
	       See the discussion of the keymap() action.

       nextEventDelay (class NextEventDelay)
	       Specifies  a delay time in milliseconds before checking for new
	       X events.  The default is "1".

       numColorRegisters (class	NumColorRegisters)
	       If xterm	is configured to support ReGIS or SIXEL	graphics, this
	       specifies the number of color-registers which are available.

	       If  this	 resource  is  not  specified,	xterm  uses  a	 value
	       determined by the decTerminalID resource:
	       Result	decTerminalID
	       -----------------------
		    4		  125
		    4		  240
		    4		  241
		    4		  330
		   16		  340
		    2		  382
		 1024		other

       numLock (class NumLock)
	       If  "true",  xterm checks if NumLock is used as a modifier (see
	       xmodmap(1)).  If	so, this modifier  is  used  to	 simplify  the
	       logic  when  implementing  special  NumLock for the sunKeyboard
	       resource.  Also (when sunKeyboard is false), similar  logic  is
	       used  to	 find  the modifier associated with the	left and right
	       Alt keys.  The default is "true".

       oldXtermFKeys (class OldXtermFKeys)
	       If "true", xterm	will use old-style  (X11R5)  escape  sequences
	       for function keys F1 to F4, for compatibility with X Consortium
	       xterm.  Otherwise, it uses the VT100 codes for PF1 to PF4.  The
	       default is "false".

	       Setting	this  resource	has  the  same	effect	as setting the
	       keyboardType to	legacy.	  The  keyboardType  resource  is  the
	       preferred mechanism for selecting this mode.

	       The  old-style escape sequences resemble	VT220 keys, but	appear
	       to have been invented for xterm in X11R4.

       on2Clicks (class	On2Clicks)

       on3Clicks (class	On3Clicks)

       on4Clicks (class	On4Clicks)

       on5Clicks (class	On5Clicks)
	       Specify	selection  behavior  in	 response  to  multiple	 mouse
	       clicks.	  A  single  mouse  click  is  always  interpreted  as
	       described in  the  Selection  Functions	section	 (see  POINTER
	       USAGE).	  Multiple   mouse  clicks  (using  the	 button	 which
	       activates the select-start action) are interpreted according to
	       the resource values of on2Clicks, etc.  The resource value  can
	       be one of these:

	       word
		  Select  a  "word"  as	 determined by the charClass resource.
		  See the CHARACTER CLASSES section.

		  If the pointer is on a "word"	then xterm  searches  back  to
		  the beginning	of the word, and then to the end.

		  If the pointer is not	on a "word" then the result depends on
		  whether  it  is on whitespace	(including a newline), or past
		  the end of the line.	In the latter case xterm may select  a
		  "word"   beginning   after  the  newline,  if	 there	is  no
		  additional whitespace.

	       line
		  Select a line	(counting wrapping).

	       group
		  Select a group of adjacent lines (counting  wrapping).   The
		  selection stops on a blank line, and does not	extend outside
		  the current page.

	       page
		  Select all visible lines, i.e., the page.

	       all
		  Select all lines, i.e., including the	saved lines.

	       regex
		  Select  the  best  match  for	 the  POSIX  extended  regular
		  expression (ERE) which follows in the	resource value:

		     Xterm matches the	 regular  expression  against  a  byte
		      array for	the entire (possibly wrapped) line.  That byte
		      array  may be UTF-8 or ISO-8859-1, depending on the mode
		      in which xterm is	running.

		     Xterm steps through  each	 byte-offset  in  this	array,
		      keeping track of the best	(longest) match.  If more than
		      one  match  ties	for  the  longest length, the first is
		      used.

		      Xterm does this to make it convenient to click  anywhere
		      in the area of interest and cause	the regular expression
		      to match the entire word,	etc.

		     The  "^"	and "$"	anchors	in a regular expression	denote
		      the ends of the entire line.

		     If the regular expression	contains backslashes "\" those
		      should be	escaped	"\\" because the X libraries interpret
		      backslashes in resource strings.

	       none
		  No selection action is associated with this resource.	 Xterm
		  interprets it	as the end of the list.	 For example, you  may
		  use  it  to  disable triple (and higher) clicking by setting
		  on3Clicks to "none".

	       The default values for on2Clicks	and on3Clicks are  "word"  and
	       "line",	respectively.  There is	no default value for on4Clicks
	       or  on5Clicks,  making  those  inactive.	  On  startup,	 xterm
	       determines  the	maximum	 number	 of  clicks  by	 the onXClicks
	       resource	values which are set.

       openIm (class OpenIm)
	       Tells xterm whether to open the input method at	startup.   The
	       default is "true".

       pointerColor (class PointerColor)
	       Specifies  the foreground color of the pointer.	The default is
	       "XtDefaultForeground".

       pointerColorBackground (class PointerColorBackground)
	       Specifies the background	color of the pointer.  The default  is
	       "XtDefaultBackground".

       pointerFont (class PointerFont)
	       Specifies  the  font  to	 be  used for the pointer.  The	shapes
	       specified  by  pointerShape  are	 glyphs	 in  this  font.   The
	       resource	value default is cursor.

       pointerMode (class PointerMode)
	       Specifies when the pointer may be hidden	as the user types.  It
	       will  be	redisplayed if the user	moves the mouse, or clicks one
	       of its buttons.

	       0  never

	       1  the application running in xterm  has	 not  activated	 mouse
		  mode.	 This is the default.

	       2  always.

       pointerShape (class Cursor)
	       Specifies the name of the shape of the pointer.	The default is
	       "xterm".

	       Other  shapes  can  be  selected.  Here is a list of the	"core"
	       (i.e., standard)	names extracted	from <X11/cursorfont.h>:

		   X_cursor, arrow,  based_arrow_down,	based_arrow_up,	 boat,
		   bogosity,	  bottom_left_corner,	  bottom_right_corner,
		   bottom_side,	bottom_tee,  box_spiral,  center_ptr,  circle,
		   clock,   coffee_mug,	  cross,   cross_reverse,   crosshair,
		   diamond_cross,  dot,	 dotbox,  double_arrow,	  draft_large,
		   draft_small,	 draped_box,  exchange,	fleur, gobbler,	gumby,
		   hand1, hand2, heart,	icon, iron_cross, left_ptr, left_side,
		   left_tee,	leftbutton,    ll_angle,    lr_angle,	  man,
		   middlebutton,  mouse, pencil, pirate, plus, question_arrow,
		   right_ptr, right_side,  right_tee,  rightbutton,  rtl_logo,
		   sailboat,  sb_down_arrow, sb_h_double_arrow,	sb_left_arrow,
		   sb_right_arrow,  sb_up_arrow,  sb_v_double_arrow,  shuttle,
		   sizing,    spider,	 spraycan,   star,   target,   tcross,
		   top_left_arrow,     top_left_corner,	     top_right_corner,
		   top_side,  top_tee,	trek,  ul_angle,  umbrella,  ur_angle,
		   watch, xterm

	       If you are using	a cursor theme,	expect it to provide  about  a
	       third of	those names, while adding others.

       popOnBell (class	PopOnBell)
	       Specifies  whether the window would be raised when Control-G is
	       received.  The default is "false".

	       If the window is	iconified, this	has no effect.	 However,  the
	       zIconBeep  resource  provides you with the ability to see which
	       iconified windows have sounded a	bell.

       precompose (class Precompose)
	       Tells xterm whether to precompose UTF-8 data into Normalization
	       Form  C,	 which	combines  commonly-used	 accents   onto	  base
	       characters.   If	 it  does  not	do  this,  accents are left as
	       separate	characters.  The default is "true".

       preeditType (class PreeditType)
	       Tells xterm which types of preedit  (preconversion)  string  to
	       display.	 The default is	"OverTheSpot,Root".

       preferLatin1 (class PreferLatin1)
	       Tells  xterm  whether  to  use DEC Supplemental Graphic,	or ISO
	       Latin-1 for the user-preferred  supplemental  set  (UPSS)  when
	       initializing  character	sets.	The  former  is	the documented
	       setting for hardware terminals, but the latter is  expected  by
	       most users.  The	default	is "true" (ISO Latin-1).

       printAttributes (class PrintAttributes)
	       Specifies  whether  to  print graphic attributes	along with the
	       text.  A	real DEC VTxxx	terminal  will	print  the  underline,
	       highlighting codes but your printer may not handle these.

	          "0" disables	the attributes.

	          "1"	prints	the normal set of attributes (bold, underline,
		   inverse and blink) as VT100-style control sequences.

	          "2" prints ANSI color attributes as well.

	       The default is "1".

       printFileImmediate (class PrintFileImmediate)
	       When the	print-immediate	action is invoked,  xterm  prints  the
	       screen  contents	 directly to a file.  Set this resource	to the
	       prefix of the filename (a timestamp will	 be  appended  to  the
	       actual name).

	       The  default  is	 an  empty string, i.e., "", However, when the
	       print-immediate action is invoked, if the string	is empty, then
	       "XTerm" is used.

       printFileOnXError (class	PrintFileOnXError)
	       If xterm	exits with an X	error, e.g., your connection is	broken
	       when the	server crashes,	it can be told to write	 the  contents
	       of  the	screen	to  a  file.   To enable the feature, set this
	       resource	to the prefix of the filename  (a  timestamp  will  be
	       appended	to the actual name).

	       The  default  is	an empty string, i.e., "", which disables this
	       feature.	 However, when the print-on-error action  is  invoked,
	       if the string is	empty, then "XTermError" is used.

	       These error codes are handled: ERROR_XERROR, ERROR_XIOERROR and
	       ERROR_ICEERROR.

       printModeImmediate (class PrintModeImmediate)
	       When  the  print-immediate  action is invoked, xterm prints the
	       screen  contents	 directly  to  a  file.	  You  can   use   the
	       printModeImmediate  resource to tell it to use escape sequences
	       to reconstruct the video	attributes and colors.	This uses  the
	       same  values  as	 the printAttributes resource.	The default is
	       "0".

       printModeOnXError (class	PrintModeOnXError)
	       Xterm  implements  the  printFileOnXError  feature  using   the
	       printer	feature,  although the output is written directly to a
	       file.  You can use the printModeOnXError	resource to tell it to
	       use escape sequences to reconstruct the	video  attributes  and
	       colors.	 This  uses  the  same	values	as the printAttributes
	       resource.  The default is "0".

       printOptsImmediate (class PrintOptsImmediate)
	       Specify the range of text which is printed to a file  when  the
	       print-immediate action is invoked.

	          If zero (0),	then this selects the current (visible screen)
		   plus	 the  saved  lines,  except if the alternate screen is
		   being used.	In that	case, only  the	 alternate  screen  is
		   selected.

	          If  nonzero,	 the  bits  of this resource value (checked in
		   descending order) select the	range:

		   8  selects the saved	lines.

		   4  selects the alternate screen.

		   2  selects the normal screen.

		   1  selects the current screen,  which  can  be  either  the
		      normal or	alternate screen.

	       The  default  is	 "9", which selects the	current	visible	screen
	       plus saved lines, with  no  special  case  for  the  alternated
	       screen.

       printOptsOnXError (class	PrintOptsOnXError)
	       Specify	the  range of text which is printed to a file when the
	       print-on-error  action  is  invoked.   The  resource  value  is
	       interpreted the same as in printOptsImmediate.

	       The  default  is	 "9", which selects the	current	visible	screen
	       plus saved lines, with  no  special  case  for  the  alternated
	       screen.

       printRawChars (class PrintRawChars)
	       If "true", xterm	allows Unicode non-characters to be printed.

       printerAutoClose	(class PrinterAutoClose)
	       If  "true",  xterm  will	 close	the  printer (a	pipe) when the
	       application switches the	printer	 offline  with	a  Media  Copy
	       command.	 The default is	"false".

       printerCommand (class PrinterCommand)
	       Specifies  a shell command to which xterm will open a pipe when
	       the first MC (Media Copy) command is initiated.	The default is
	       an empty	string,	i.e., "".  If the resource value is  given  as
	       an empty	string,	the printer is disabled.

       printerControlMode (class PrinterControlMode)
	       Specifies  the  printer	control	mode.  A "1" selects autoprint
	       mode, which causes xterm	to print a line	from the screen	when

	          you move the	cursor off that	line with a  line  feed,  form
		   feed	or vertical tab	character, or

	          an autowrap occurs.

	       Autoprint  mode	is  overridden	by  printer controller mode (a
	       "2"), which causes all of the output  to	 be  directed  to  the
	       printer.	 The default is	"0".

       printerExtent (class PrinterExtent)
	       Controls	 whether  a  print page	function will print the	entire
	       page (true), or only the	portion	within the  scrolling  margins
	       (false).	 The default is	"false".

       printerFormFeed (class PrinterFormFeed)
	       Controls	 whether a form	feed is	sent to	the printer at the end
	       of a print page function.  The default is "false".

       printerNewLine (class PrinterNewLine)
	       Controls	whether	a newline is sent to the printer at the	end of
	       a print page function.  The default is "true".

       privateColorRegisters (class PrivateColorRegisters)
	       If xterm	is configured to support ReGIS or SIXEL	graphics, this
	       controls	whether	xterm allocates	separate color	registers  for
	       each  sixel  device  control  string, e.g., for DECGCI.	If not
	       true,  color  registers	are  allocated	only  once,  when  the
	       terminal	 is reset, and color changes  in  any  graphic	affect
	       all graphics.  The default is "true".

       quietGrab (class	QuietGrab)
	       Controls	whether	the cursor is repainted	 when  NotifyGrab  and
	       NotifyUngrab  event  types are received during change of	focus.
	       The default is "false".

       regisDefaultFont	(class RegisDefaultFont)
	       If xterm	is configured to support ReGIS graphics, this resource
	       tells xterm which font to  use  if  the	ReGIS  data  does  not
	       specify	one.   No  default value is specified; xterm accepts a
	       TrueType	font specification as in the faceName resource.

	       If no value is specified, xterm draws  a	 bitmap	 indicating  a
	       missing character.

       regisScreenSize (class RegisScreenSize)
	       If xterm	is configured to support ReGIS graphics, this resource
	       tells  xterm  the  default size (in pixels) for these graphics,
	       which also sets the default coordinate space to	[0,0]  (upper-
	       left) and [width,height]	(lower-right).

	       The  application	 using ReGIS may use the "A" option of the "S"
	       command	to  adjust  the	 coordinate  space   or	  change   the
	       addressable portion of the screen.

	       Xterm  accepts  a  special  resource  value "auto", which tells
	       xterm to	use the	decGraphicsID and decTerminalID	 resources  to
	       set  the	 default size based on the hardware terminal's limits.
	       Those limits are	the same as for	the maxGraphicSize resource.

	       The default is "auto".

       renderFont (class RenderFont)
	       If xterm	is built with the Xft library, this  controls  whether
	       the faceName resource is	used.  The default is "default".

	       The  resource  values  are strings, evaluated as	booleans after
	       startup.

	       false
		    disable the	feature	and use	the normal (bitmap) font.

	       true
		    startup using the TrueType font specified by the  faceName
		    and	 faceSize resource settings.  If there is no value for
		    faceName, disable the feature and use the normal  (bitmap)
		    font.

		    After  startup,  you  can  still switch to/from the	bitmap
		    font using the "TrueType Fonts" menu entry.

	       default
		    Enable the "TrueType Fonts"	menu entry  to	allow  runtime
		    switching  to/from	TrueType fonts.	 The initial font used
		    depends upon whether the faceName resource is set:

		    	If the faceName	resource is not	set,  start  by	 using
			the  normal  (bitmap)  font.   Xterm  has  a  separate
			compiled-in value for faceName for this	special	 case.
			That is	normally "mono".

		    	If  the	 faceName resource is set, then	start by using
			the TrueType font rather than the bitmap font.

	       defaultOff
		    Enable the "TrueType Fonts"	menu entry  to	allow  runtime
		    switching  to/from	TrueType  fonts,  but  allow  it to be
		    initially unselected if no faceName	resource was given.

       resizeByPixel (class ResizeByPixel)
	       Set this	"true" to disable hints	to  the	 window	 manager  that
	       request resizing	by character rather than pixels.

	       Most  window  managers provide visual feedback showing the size
	       of a window as you resize it,  using  these  hints.   When  you
	       maximize	 xterm,	 it  disables  those hints to allow the	window
	       manager to make better  use  of	fractional  rows  or  columns.
	       Setting this resource disables the hints	all the	time.

	       The default is "false".

       resizeGravity (class ResizeGravity)
	       Affects the behavior when the window is resized to be taller or
	       shorter.	  NorthWest specifies that the top line	of text	on the
	       screen stay fixed.  If the window is made  shorter,  lines  are
	       dropped	from  the  bottom; if the window is made taller, blank
	       lines are added at the bottom.  This  is	 compatible  with  the
	       behavior	 in X11R4.  SouthWest (the default) specifies that the
	       bottom line of text on the screen stay fixed.  If the window is
	       made taller, additional saved lines will	be scrolled down  onto
	       the  screen;  if	 the  window  is  made	shorter, lines will be
	       scrolled	off the	top of the screen, and	the  top  saved	 lines
	       will be dropped.

       retryInputMethod	(class RetryInputMethod)
	       Tells  xterm  how many times to retry, in case the input-method
	       server is not responding.   This	 is  a	different  issue  than
	       unsupported  preedit  type,  etc.  You may encounter retries if
	       your X configuration (and its libraries)	 are  missing  pieces.
	       Setting	this  resource	to  zero "0" will cancel the retrying.
	       The default is "3".

       reverseVideo (class ReverseVideo)
	       Specifies whether or not	reverse	 video	should	be  simulated.
	       The default is "false".

	       There are several aspects to reverse video in xterm:

	          The	command-line  -rv  option  tells  the  X  libraries to
		   reverse the	foreground  and	 background  colors.   Xterm's
		   command-line	 options  set resource values.	In particular,
		   the X Toolkit sets the reverseVideo resource	when  the  -rv
		   option is used.

	          If  the  user has also used command-line options -fg	or -bg
		   to set the foreground and background	colors,	xterm does not
		   see these  options  directly.   Instead,  it	 examines  the
		   resource  values  to	 reconstruct the command-line options,
		   and determine which of the colors is	 the  user's  intended
		   foreground, etc.  Their actual values are irrelevant	to the
		   reverse  video  function;  some users prefer	the X defaults
		   (black text on a white  background),	 others	 prefer	 white
		   text	on a black background.

	          After  startup,  the	 user  can  toggle the "Enable Reverse
		   Video" menu entry.  This exchanges the  current  foreground
		   and background colors of the	VT100 widget, and repaints the
		   screen.    Because	of   the  X  resource  hierarchy,  the
		   reverseVideo	 resource  applies  to	more  than  the	 VT100
		   widget.

	       Programs	 running in an xterm can also use control sequences to
	       enable the VT100	reverse	video mode.  These are independent  of
	       the  reverseVideo resource and the menu entry.  Xterm exchanges
	       the current foreground and background colors when drawing  text
	       affected	by these control sequences.

	       Other control sequences can alter the foreground	and background
	       colors which are	used:

	          Programs  can  also use the ANSI color control sequences to
		   set the foreground and background colors.

	          Extensions to the ANSI color	controls (such as 16-, 88-  or
		   256-colors) are treated similarly to	the ANSI control.

	          Using   other   control  sequences  (the  "dynamic  colors"
		   feature),  a	 program  can  change	the   foreground   and
		   background colors.

       reverseWrap (class ReverseWrap)
	       Specifies  whether or not reverse-wraparound should be enabled.
	       This corresponds	to xterm's private mode	45.   The  default  is
	       "false".

       rightScrollBar (class RightScrollBar)
	       Specifies  whether  or not the scrollbar	should be displayed on
	       the right rather	than the left.	The default is "false".

       saveLines (class	SaveLines)
	       Specifies the number of lines to	save beyond  the  top  of  the
	       screen when a scrollbar is turned on.  The default is "1024".

       scrollBar (class	ScrollBar)
	       Specifies  whether  or  not  the	scrollbar should be displayed.
	       The default is "false".

       scrollBarBorder (class ScrollBarBorder)
	       Specifies the width of the scrollbar border.  Note that this is
	       drawn to	overlap	the border of the xterm	window.	 Modifying the
	       scrollbar's border affects only	the  line  between  the	 VT100
	       widget and the scrollbar.  The default value is 1.

       scrollKey (class	ScrollCond)
	       Specifies  whether  or  not pressing a key should automatically
	       cause the scrollbar to  go  to  the  bottom  of	the  scrolling
	       region.	 This  corresponds  to xterm's private mode 1011.  The
	       default is "false".

       scrollLines (class ScrollLines)
	       Specifies  the  number  of  lines  that	the  scroll-back   and
	       scroll-forw actions should use as a default.  The default value
	       is 1.

       scrollTtyOutput (class ScrollCond)
	       Specifies   whether  or	not  output  to	 the  terminal	should
	       automatically cause the scrollbar to go to the  bottom  of  the
	       scrolling region.  The default is "true".

       selectToClipboard (class	SelectToClipboard)
	       Tells  xterm whether to use the PRIMARY or CLIPBOARD for	SELECT
	       tokens in the selection mechanism.  The set-select  action  can
	       change this at runtime, allowing	the user to work with programs
	       that  handle  only  one	of  these  mechanisms.	The default is
	       "false",	which tells it to use PRIMARY.

       shiftEscape (class ShiftEscape)
	       Xterm uses the translations resource to determine how to	invoke
	       actions for selecting and copying text using the	pointer	(e.g.,
	       a mouse).  It also provides a mouse protocol which can be  used
	       by  applications	 running  in  an  xterm	to detect mouse	button
	       clicks.

	       The  mouse  protocol  causes  xterm  to	send  special	escape
	       sequences  which	allow an application to	determine if modifiers
	       (i.e., one or more of shift, control, alt, and meta) were used.

	       Xterm provides this mouse protocol by interpreting button-  and
	       motion-events  in the functions which the translations resource
	       calls for selecting and copying text:

		      insert-selection
		      select-end
		      select-extend
		      select-start
		      start-extend

	       While the mouse protocol	is active, xterm reserves most of  the
	       mouse button events for sending special escape sequences	to the
	       application.  Xterm normally allows you to use the shift-key to
	       temporarily   override  this  mouse  protocol,  permitting  the
	       selection and copying actions to	be used.

	       The shiftEscape resource	 setting  allows  you  to  tell	 xterm
	       whether	to use the shift-key in	this way (i.e.,	overriding the
	       mouse protocol).	 Xterm	accepts	 either	 a  keyword  (ignoring
	       case) or	the number shown in parentheses:

	       false (0)
		  Mouse	 protocol does not send	special	escapes	when shift-key
		  is used.

	       true (1)
		  Mouse	protocol may send special escapes  when	 shift-key  is
		  used.

		  At  startup,	xterm  analyzes	 the translations to see which
		  buttons are used in the (mouse) button-related bindings  for
		  selection  and  copying  text.   If  the  shift-key  is  not
		  mentioned explicitly in a  button's  binding,	 xterm	allows
		  that	 button	  with	shift-key  for	overriding  the	 mouse
		  protocol.

	       always (2)
		  Mouse	protocol can always send special escapes  when	shift-
		  key is used.

	       never (3)
		  Mouse	 protocol  will	never send special escapes when	shift-
		  key is used.

	       Xterm interprets	a  control  sequence  which  can  change  this
	       setting between "true" and "false".  The	default	is "false".

       shiftFonts (class ShiftFonts)
	       Specifies  whether  to  enable the actions larger-vt-font() and
	       smaller-vt-font(), which	are  normally  bound  to  the  shifted
	       KP_Add and KP_Subtract.	The default is "true".

       showBlinkAsBold (class ShowBlinkAsBold)
	       Tells  xterm  whether  to display text with blink-attribute the
	       same as bold.  If xterm has  not	 been  configured  to  support
	       blinking	 text,	the  default  is  "true", which	corresponds to
	       older versions of xterm,	otherwise the default is "false".

       showMissingGlyphs (class	ShowMissingGlyphs)
	       Tells xterm whether to display a	box outlining places  where  a
	       character  has been used	that the font does not represent.  The
	       default is "true".

       showWrapMarks (class ShowWrapMarks)
	       For debugging xterm and applications that  may  manipulate  the
	       wrapped-line  flag  by writing text at the right	margin,	show a
	       mark on the right inner-border of the window.  The  mark	 shows
	       which lines have	the flag set.

       signalInhibit (class SignalInhibit)
	       Specifies  whether  or not the entries in the Main Options menu
	       for sending signals to xterm should be disallowed.  The default
	       is "false".

       sixelScrolling (class SixelScrolling)
	       If xterm	is configured to support SIXEL graphics, this resource
	       tells it	whether	to scroll up one line at a  time  when	sixels
	       would  be  written  past	 the  bottom  line on the window.  The
	       default is "true" which enables scrolling.

	       Sixel scrolling is the  opposite	 of  DEC  Sixel	 Display  Mode
	       (DECSDM): when one is on, the other is off.

       sixelScrollsRight (class	SixelScrollsRight)
	       If xterm	is configured to support SIXEL graphics, this resource
	       tells  it  whether to scroll to the right as needed to keep the
	       current position	visible	rather than truncate the plot  on  the
	       on the right.  The default is "false" which disables scrolling.

       tekGeometry (class Geometry)
	       Specifies  the  preferred  size	and  position of the Tektronix
	       window.	There is no default for	this resource.

       tekInhibit (class TekInhibit)
	       Specifies whether or not	the escape sequence to enter Tektronix
	       mode should be ignored.	The default is "false".

       tekSmall	(class TekSmall)
	       Specifies whether or not	the Tektronix mode window should start
	       in its smallest size if no explicit geometry is given.  This is
	       useful when running xterm on displays with small	screens.   The
	       default is "false".

       tekStartup (class TekStartup)
	       Specifies  whether  or  not  xterm should start up in Tektronix
	       mode.  The default is "false".

       tiXtraScroll (class TiXtraScroll)
	       Specifies whether xterm	should	scroll	to  a  new  page  when
	       processing  the	ti  or	te  termcap strings, i.e., the private
	       modes 47, 1047 or 1049.	This is	only in	effect if  titeInhibit
	       is  "true",  because  the intent	of this	option is to provide a
	       picture	of  the	 full-screen  application's  display  on   the
	       scrollback  without  wiping  out	 the  text that	would be shown
	       before the application was initialized.

	       Xterm accepts either a keyword (ignoring	case)  or  the	number
	       shown in	parentheses:

	       false (0)
		      nothing is added to the scrollback.

	       true (1)
		      the current screen is added to the scrollback.

	       trim (2)
		      the  current  screen  is	added  to  the scrollback, but
		      repeated blank lines are trimmed (reduced	 to  a	single
		      blank line).

	       The default for this resource is	"false".

       titeInhibit (class TiteInhibit)
	       Originally  specified whether or	not xterm should remove	ti and
	       te termcap entries (used	to switch between alternate screens on
	       startup of many	screen-oriented	 programs)  from  the  TERMCAP
	       string.

	       TERMCAP	is  used rarely	now, but xterm supports	the feature on
	       modern systems:

	          If set, xterm also ignores the escape sequence to switch to
		   the alternate screen.

	          Xterm supports terminfo  in	a  different  way,  supporting
		   composite  control  sequences (also known as	private	modes)
		   1047, 1048 and 1049 which  have  the	 same  effect  as  the
		   original 47 control sequence.

	       The default for this resource is	"false".

       titleModes (class TitleModes)
	       Tells xterm whether to accept or	return window- and icon-labels
	       in ISO-8859-1 (the default) or UTF-8.  Either can be encoded in
	       hexadecimal:

	          UTF-8  titles  require  special treatment, because they may
		   contain bytes which can be mistaken for control characters.
		   Hexadecimal-encoding	 is  supported	 to   eliminate	  that
		   possibility.

	          As  an  alternative,	 you  could  use  the allowC1Printable
		   resource, which suppresses xterm's parsing of the  relevant
		   control  characters (and as a result, treats	those bytes as
		   data).

	       The default for this resource is	"0".

	       Each bit	(bit "0" is 1, bit "1" is 2, etc.)  corresponds	to one
	       of the parameters set by	the title modes	control	sequence:

	       0    Set	window/icon labels using hexadecimal

	       1    Query window/icon labels using hexadecimal

	       2    Set	window/icon labels using UTF-8 (gives the same	effect
		    as the utf8Title resource).

	       3    Query window/icon labels using UTF-8

       translations (class Translations)
	       Specifies  the  key  and	button bindings	for menus, selections,
	       "programmed strings", etc.  The	translations  resource,	 which
	       provides	much of	xterm's	configurability, is a feature of the X
	       Toolkit Intrinsics library (Xt).	 See the Actions section.

       trimSelection (class TrimSelection)
	       If  you	set  highlightSelection, you can see the text which is
	       selected, including any trailing	spaces.	 Clearing  the	screen
	       (or  a  line)  resets it	to a state containing no spaces.  Some
	       lines may contain trailing spaces when  an  application	writes
	       them  to	 the screen.  However, you may not wish	to paste lines
	       with trailing spaces.  If this resource	is  true,  xterm  will
	       trim  trailing spaces from text which is	selected.  It does not
	       affect spaces which result in a wrapped line, nor will it  trim
	       the  trailing  newline  from  your  selection.	The default is
	       "false".

       underLine (class	UnderLine)
	       This specifies whether or not text with the underline attribute
	       should  be  underlined.	 It  may  be  desirable	  to   disable
	       underlining   when  color  is  being  used  for	the  underline
	       attribute.  The default is "true".

       useBorderClipping (class	UseBorderClipping)
	       Tell xterm whether to apply clipping when useClipping is	false.
	       Unlike useClipping, this	simply limits text to keep  it	within
	       the  window  borders,  e.g., as a refinement to the scaleHeight
	       workaround.  The	default	is "false".

       useClipping (class UseClipping)
	       Tell xterm whether to use clipping to keep from producing  dots
	       outside	the text drawing area.	Originally used	to work	around
	       for overstriking	effects, this is also needed to	work with some
	       incorrectly-sized fonts.	 The default is	"true".

       utf8 (class Utf8)
	       This specifies whether xterm will run in	UTF-8  mode.   If  you
	       set  this resource, xterm also sets the wideChars resource as a
	       side-effect.  The resource can be set via the menu entry	"UTF-8
	       Encoding".  The default is "default".

	       Xterm accepts either a keyword (ignoring	case)  or  the	number
	       shown in	parentheses:

	       false (0)
		  UTF-8	 mode  is  initially off.  The command-line option +u8
		  sets the resource  to	 this  value.	Escape	sequences  for
		  turning UTF-8	mode on/off are	allowed.

	       true (1)
		  UTF-8	 mode  is  initially on.  Escape sequences for turning
		  UTF-8	mode on/off are	allowed.

	       always (2)
		  The command-line option -u8 sets the resource	to this	value.
		  Escape sequences for turning UTF-8 mode on/off are ignored.

	       default (3)
		  This is the default value of the resource.   It  is  changed
		  during   initialization  depending  on  whether  the	locale
		  resource was set, to false  (0)  or  always  (2).   See  the
		  locale  resource  for	 additional  discussion	 of  non-UTF-8
		  locales.

	       If you want to set the value of utf8,  it  should  be  in  this
	       range.  Other nonzero values are	treated	the same as "1", i.e.,
	       UTF-8  mode  is	initially on, and escape sequences for turning
	       UTF-8 mode on/off are allowed.

       utf8Fonts (class	Utf8Fonts)
	       See the discussion of  the  locale  resource.   This  specifies
	       whether	xterm  will  use  UTF-8	 fonts	specified via resource
	       patterns	such as	"*vt100.utf8Fonts.font"	or normal (ISO-8859-1)
	       fonts via patterns such as "*vt100.font".  The resource can  be
	       set   via  the  menu  entry  "UTF-8  Fonts".   The  default  is
	       "default".

	       Xterm accepts either a keyword (ignoring	case)  or  the	number
	       shown in	parentheses:

	       false (0)
		      Use  the	ISO-8859-1  fonts.  The	menu entry is enabled,
		      allowing the choice of fonts to be changed at runtime.

	       true (1)
		      Use  the	UTF-8  fonts.	The  menu  entry  is  enabled,
		      allowing the choice of fonts to be changed at runtime.

	       always (2)
		      Always use the UTF-8 fonts.  This	also disables the menu
		      entry.

	       default (3)
		      At  startup,  the	 resource  is  set  to	true or	false,
		      according	to the effective value of the utf8 resource.

       utf8Latin1 (class Utf8Latin1)
	       If true,	allow an ISO-8859-1 normal font	to be combined with an
	       ISO-10646-1 font	if the latter is given via the -fw  option  or
	       its corresponding resource value.  The default is "false".

       utf8SelectTypes (class Utf8SelectTypes)
	       Override	  xterm's   default   selection	  target   list	  (see
	       SELECT/PASTE) for selections in	wide-character	(UTF-8)	 mode.
	       The  default  is	 an  empty  string,  i.e.,  "",	which does not
	       override	anything.

       utf8Title (class	Utf8Title)
	       Applications  can  set  xterm's	title  by  writing  a  control
	       sequence.   Normally  this  control  sequence follows the VT220
	       convention, which encodes the string in ISO-8859-1  and	allows
	       for an 8-bit string terminator.	If xterm is started in a UTF-8
	       locale,	it  translates	the ISO-8859-1 string to UTF-8 to work
	       with the	X libraries which assume the string is UTF-8.

	       However,	some users may wish to write a title string encoded in
	       UTF-8.  The window manager is responsible  for  drawing	window
	       titles.	 Some window managers (not all)	support	UTF-8 encoding
	       of window titles.  Set this resource  to	 "true"	 to  also  set
	       UTF-8 encoded title strings using the EWMH properties.

	       This  feature is	available as a menu entry, since it is related
	       to the particular applications you are  running	within	xterm.
	       You  can	 also  use  a  control sequence	(see the discussion of
	       "Title Modes" in	Xterm Control Sequences), to set an equivalent
	       flag (which can also be set using the titleModes	resource).

	       Xterm accepts either a keyword (ignoring	case)  or  the	number
	       shown in	parentheses:

	       false (0)
		      Set only ISO-8859-1 title	strings, e.g., using the ICCCM
		      WM_NAME  STRING  property.   The	menu entry is enabled,
		      allowing the choice of title-strings to  be  changed  at
		      runtime.

	       true (1)
		      Set both the EWMH	(UTF-8 strings)	and the	ICCCM WM_NAME,
		      etc.   The menu entry is enabled,	allowing the choice to
		      be changed at runtime.

	       always (2)
		      Always set both the EWMH (UTF-8 strings) and  the	 ICCCM
		      WM_NAME, etc.  This also disables	the menu entry.

	       default (3)
		      At  startup,  the	 resource  is  set  to	true or	false,
		      according	to the effective value of the utf8 resource.

	       The default is "default".

       utf8Weblike (class Utf8Weblike)
	       Provide an alternate error-handling scheme for ill-formed UTF-8
	       as recommended in a W3C document.  The  Unicode	standard  does
	       not  require this for conformance.  Some	additional information
	       can be found here:

	       https://invisible-island.net/xterm/bad-utf8/

	       The default is "false".

       veryBoldColors (class VeryBoldColors)
	       Specifies whether  to  combine  video  attributes  with	colors
	       specified  by  colorBD, colorBL,	colorIT, colorRV, and colorUL.
	       The resource value is the sum of	values for each	attribute:
		 1 for reverse,
		 2 for underline,
		 4 for bold,
		 8 for blink, and
		 512 for italic

	       The default is "0".

       visualBell (class VisualBell)
	       Specifies whether or not	a visible bell (i.e., flashing)	should
	       be used instead of an audible bell when Control-G is  received.
	       The  default  is	 "false",  which tells xterm to	use an audible
	       bell.

       visualBellDelay (class VisualBellDelay)
	       Number of milliseconds to delay when displaying a visual	 bell.
	       Default	is  100.  If set to zero, no visual bell is displayed.
	       This is useful for very slow displays, e.g., an LCD display  on
	       a laptop.

       visualBellLine (class VisualBellLine)
	       Specifies   whether   to	 flash	only  the  current  line  when
	       displaying a  visual  bell  rather  than	 flashing  the	entire
	       screen:	The default is "false",	which tells xterm to flash the
	       entire screen.

       vt100Graphics (class VT100Graphics)
	       This specifies  whether	xterm  will  interpret	VT100  graphic
	       character  escape  sequences while in UTF-8 mode.  This feature
	       also applies to code-pages (e.g.,  for  VT320  and  VT520)  and
	       National	Replacement Character Sets (VT220 and up), but not US-
	       ASCII (the initially selected character set), to	avoid conflict
	       with  UTF-8.   The  default  is	"true",	to provide support for
	       various legacy applications.

       wideBoldFont (class WideBoldFont)
	       This option specifies the font to be used for  displaying  bold
	       wide  text.  By default,	it will	attempt	to use a font twice as
	       wide as the font	that will be used to draw bold	text.	If  no
	       double-width  font  is  found, it will improvise, by stretching
	       the bold	font.

       wideChars (class	WideChars)
	       Specifies if xterm should respond  to  control  sequences  that
	       process 16-bit characters.  The default is "false".

       wideFont	(class WideFont)
	       This  option  specifies the font	to be used for displaying wide
	       text.  By default, it will attempt to use a font	twice as  wide
	       as  the	font  that  will  be  used to draw normal text.	 If no
	       double-width font is found, it will  improvise,	by  stretching
	       the normal font.

       xftMaxGlyphMemory (class	XftMaxGlyphMemory)
	       Set  the	 Xft  library's	limit on glyph memory (typically 4Mb).
	       When it reaches	this  limit,  it  discards  "randomly  chosen"
	       glyphs  to  make	 room for new ones.  The default is "0"	to use
	       Xft's default value.

       xftMaxUnrefFonts	(class XftMaxUnrefFonts)
	       Set the Xft library's limit on fonts  which  have  been	loaded
	       (typically  16),	e.g., matching patterns	for fallback searches,
	       but are not actually used.  The default is  "0"	to  use	 Xft's
	       default value.

       xftTrackMemUsage	(class XftTrackMemUsage)
	       Enables	glyph memory tracking (introduced in Xft 2.3.5), which
	       allows Xft to efficiently discard obsolete  data	 when  running
	       short of	memory.	 The default is	"false".

       ximFont (class XimFont)
	       This  option  specifies	the font to be used for	displaying the
	       preedit string in the "OverTheSpot" input method.

	       In "OverTheSpot"	 preedit  type,	 the  preedit  (preconversion)
	       string  is  displayed at	the position of	the cursor.  It	is the
	       XIM server's responsibility to display the preedit string.  The
	       XIM client must inform the XIM server of	the  cursor  position.
	       For  best  results, the preedit string must be displayed	with a
	       proper font.  Therefore,	xterm informs the XIM  server  of  the
	       proper  font.   The  font  is be	supplied by a "fontset", whose
	       default value is	"*".  This matches every font, the  X  library
	       automatically  chooses fonts with proper	charsets.  The ximFont
	       resource	is provided to override	this default font setting.

   Tek4014 Widget Resources
       The following resources are specified as	part  of  the  tek4014	widget
       (class	Tek4014).    These   are   specified   by   patterns  such  as
       "XTerm.tek4014.NAME":

       font2 (class Font)
	       Specifies font number 2 to use in the Tektronix window.

       font3 (class Font)
	       Specifies font number 3 to use in the Tektronix window.

       fontLarge (class	Font)
	       Specifies the large font	to use in the Tektronix	window.

       fontSmall (class	Font)
	       Specifies the small font	to use in the Tektronix	window.

       ginTerminator (class GinTerminator)
	       Specifies what character(s)  should  follow  a  GIN  report  or
	       status  report.	 The  possibilities are	"none",	which sends no
	       terminating characters, "CRonly", which sends CR, and "CR&EOT",
	       which sends both	CR and EOT.  The default is "none".

       height (class Height)
	       Specifies the height of the Tektronix window in pixels.

       initialFont (class InitialFont)
	       Specifies which of the four Tektronix fonts to  use  initially.
	       Values  are  the	 same  as  for	the  set-tek-text action.  The
	       default is "large".

       width (class Width)
	       Specifies the width of the Tektronix window in pixels.

   Menu	Resources
       The resources that may be specified for the various menus are described
       in the documentation for	the Athena SimpleMenu widget.	The  name  and
       classes	of  the	 entries  in  each  of	the  menus  are	 listed	below.
       Resources named "lineN" where N is a number are separators  with	 class
       SmeLine.

       As  with	 all  X	 resource-based	 widgets,  the	labels	mentioned  are
       customary defaults for the application.

       The Main	Options	menu (widget name mainMenu) has	the following entries:

       toolbar (class SmeBSB)
	       This entry invokes the set-toolbar(toggle) action.

       securekbd (class	SmeBSB)
	       This entry invokes the secure() action.

       allowsends (class SmeBSB)
	       This entry invokes the allow-send-events(toggle)	action.

       redraw (class SmeBSB)
	       This entry invokes the redraw() action.

       logging (class SmeBSB)
	       This entry invokes the logging(toggle) action.

       print-immediate (class SmeBSB)
	       This entry invokes the print-immediate()	action.

       print-on-error (class SmeBSB)
	       This entry invokes the print-on-error() action.

       print (class SmeBSB)
	       This entry invokes the print() action.

       print-redir (class SmeBSB)
	       This entry invokes the print-redir() action.

       dump-html (class	SmeBSB)
	       This entry invokes the dump-html() action.

       dump-svg	(class SmeBSB)
	       This entry invokes the dump-svg() action.

       8-bit-control (class SmeBSB)
	       This entry invokes the set-8-bit-control(toggle)	action.

       backarrow key (class SmeBSB)
	       This entry invokes the set-backarrow(toggle) action.

       num-lock	(class SmeBSB)
	       This entry invokes the set-num-lock(toggle) action.

       alt-esc (class SmeBSB)
	       This entry invokes the alt-sends-escape(toggle) action.

       meta-esc	(class SmeBSB)
	       This entry invokes the meta-sends-escape(toggle)	action.

       delete-is-del (class SmeBSB)
	       This entry invokes the delete-is-del(toggle) action.

       oldFunctionKeys (class SmeBSB)
	       This entry invokes the set-old-function-keys(toggle) action.

       hpFunctionKeys (class SmeBSB)
	       This entry invokes the set-hp-function-keys(toggle) action.

       scoFunctionKeys (class SmeBSB)
	       This entry invokes the set-sco-function-keys(toggle) action.

       sunFunctionKeys (class SmeBSB)
	       This entry invokes the set-sun-function-keys(toggle) action.

       sunKeyboard (class SmeBSB)
	       This entry invokes the sunKeyboard(toggle) action.

       suspend (class SmeBSB)
	       This entry invokes the send-signal(tstp)	action on systems that
	       support job control.

       continue	(class SmeBSB)
	       This entry invokes the send-signal(cont)	action on systems that
	       support job control.

       interrupt (class	SmeBSB)
	       This entry invokes the send-signal(int) action.

       hangup (class SmeBSB)
	       This entry invokes the send-signal(hup) action.

       terminate (class	SmeBSB)
	       This entry invokes the send-signal(term)	action.

       kill (class SmeBSB)
	       This entry invokes the send-signal(kill)	action.

       quit (class SmeBSB)
	       This entry invokes the quit() action.

       The VT Options menu (widget name	vtMenu)	has the	following entries:

       scrollbar (class	SmeBSB)
	       This entry invokes the set-scrollbar(toggle) action.

       jumpscroll (class SmeBSB)
	       This entry invokes the set-jumpscroll(toggle) action.

       reversevideo (class SmeBSB)
	       This entry invokes the set-reverse-video(toggle)	action.

       autowrap	(class SmeBSB)
	       This entry invokes the set-autowrap(toggle) action.

       reversewrap (class SmeBSB)
	       This entry invokes the set-reversewrap(toggle) action.

       autolinefeed (class SmeBSB)
	       This entry invokes the set-autolinefeed(toggle) action.

       appcursor (class	SmeBSB)
	       This entry invokes the set-appcursor(toggle) action.

       appkeypad (class	SmeBSB)
	       This entry invokes the set-appkeypad(toggle) action.

       scrollkey (class	SmeBSB)
	       This entry invokes the set-scroll-on-key(toggle)	action.

       scrollttyoutput (class SmeBSB)
	       This entry invokes the set-scroll-on-tty-output(toggle) action.

       allow132	(class SmeBSB)
	       This entry invokes the set-allow132(toggle) action.

       cursesemul (class SmeBSB)
	       This entry invokes the set-cursesemul(toggle) action.

       keepSelection (class SmeBSB)
	       This entry invokes the set-keep-selection(toggle) action.

       selectToClipboard (class	SmeBSB)
	       This entry invokes the set-keep-clipboard(toggle) action.

       visualbell (class SmeBSB)
	       This entry invokes the set-visual-bell(toggle) action.

       bellIsUrgent (class SmeBSB)
	       This entry invokes the set-bellIsUrgent(toggle) action.

       poponbell (class	SmeBSB)
	       This entry invokes the set-pop-on-bell(toggle) action.

       cursorblink (class SmeBSB)
	       This entry invokes the set-cursorblink(toggle) action.

       titeInhibit (class SmeBSB)
	       This entry invokes the set-titeInhibit(toggle) action.

       activeicon (class SmeBSB)
	       This entry toggles active icons on and off if this feature  was
	       compiled	 into  xterm.  It is enabled only if xterm was started
	       with the	command	line option +ai	or the activeIcon resource  is
	       set to "true".

       softreset (class	SmeBSB)
	       This entry invokes the soft-reset() action.

       hardreset (class	SmeBSB)
	       This entry invokes the hard-reset() action.

       clearsavedlines (class SmeBSB)
	       This entry invokes the clear-saved-lines() action.

       tekshow (class SmeBSB)
	       This entry invokes the set-visibility(tek,toggle) action.

       tekmode (class SmeBSB)
	       This entry invokes the set-terminal-type(tek) action.

       vthide (class SmeBSB)
	       This entry invokes the set-visibility(vt,off) action.

       altscreen (class	SmeBSB)
	       This entry invokes the set-altscreen(toggle) action.

       sixelScrolling (class SmeBSB)
	       This entry invokes the set-sixel-scrolling(toggle) action.

       privateColorRegisters (class SmeBSB)
	       This entry invokes the set-private-colors(toggle) action.

       The VT Fonts menu (widget name fontMenu)	has the	following entries:

       fontdefault (class SmeBSB)
	       This  entry invokes the set-vt-font(d) action, setting the font
	       using the font (default)	resource, e.g.,	"Default" in the menu.

       font1 (class SmeBSB)
	       This entry invokes the set-vt-font(1) action, setting the  font
	       using the font1 resource, e.g., "Unreadable" in the menu.

       font2 (class SmeBSB)
	       This  entry invokes the set-vt-font(2) action, setting the font
	       using the font2 resource, e.g., "Tiny" in the menu.

       font3 (class SmeBSB)
	       This entry invokes the set-vt-font(3) action, setting the  font
	       using the font3 resource, e.g., "Small" in the menu.

       font4 (class SmeBSB)
	       This  entry invokes the set-vt-font(4) action, letting the font
	       using the font4 resource, e.g., "Medium"	in the menu.

       font5 (class SmeBSB)
	       This entry invokes the set-vt-font(5) action, letting the  font
	       using the font5 resource, e.g., "Large" in the menu.

       font6 (class SmeBSB)
	       This  entry invokes the set-vt-font(6) action, letting the font
	       using the font6 resource, e.g., "Huge" in the menu.

       font7 (class SmeBSB)
	       This entry invokes the set-vt-font(7) action, letting the  font
	       using the font7 resource, e.g., "Enormous" in the menu.

       fontescape (class SmeBSB)
	       This entry invokes the set-vt-font(e) action.

       fontsel (class SmeBSB)
	       This entry invokes the set-vt-font(s) action.

       allow-bold-fonts	(class SmeBSB)
	       This entry invokes the allow-bold-fonts(toggle) action.

       font-linedrawing	(class SmeBSB)
	       This entry invokes the set-font-linedrawing(s) action.

       font-packed (class SmeBSB)
	       This entry invokes the set-font-packed(s) action.

       font-doublesize (class SmeBSB)
	       This entry invokes the set-font-doublesize(s) action.

       render-font (class SmeBSB)
	       This entry invokes the set-render-font(s) action.

       utf8-fonts (class SmeBSB)
	       This entry invokes the set-utf8-fonts(s)	action.

       utf8-mode (class	SmeBSB)
	       This entry invokes the set-utf8-mode(s) action.

       utf8-title (class SmeBSB)
	       This entry invokes the set-utf8-title(s)	action.

       allow-color-ops (class SmeBSB)
	       This entry invokes the allow-color-ops(toggle) action.

       allow-font-ops (class SmeBSB)
	       This entry invokes the allow-font-ops(toggle) action.

       allow-tcap-ops (class SmeBSB)
	       This entry invokes the allow-tcap-ops(toggle) action.

       allow-title-ops (class SmeBSB)
	       This entry invokes the allow-title-ops(toggle) action.

       allow-window-ops	(class SmeBSB)
	       This entry invokes the allow-window-ops(toggle) action.

       The Tek Options menu (widget name tekMenu) has the following entries:

       tektextlarge (class SmeBSB)
	       This entry invokes the set-tek-text(large) action.

       tektext2	(class SmeBSB)
	       This entry invokes the set-tek-text(2) action.

       tektext3	(class SmeBSB)
	       This entry invokes the set-tek-text(3) action.

       tektextsmall (class SmeBSB)
	       This entry invokes the set-tek-text(small) action.

       tekpage (class SmeBSB)
	       This entry invokes the tek-page() action.

       tekreset	(class SmeBSB)
	       This entry invokes the tek-reset() action.

       tekcopy (class SmeBSB)
	       This entry invokes the tek-copy() action.

       vtshow (class SmeBSB)
	       This entry invokes the set-visibility(vt,toggle)	action.

       vtmode (class SmeBSB)
	       This entry invokes the set-terminal-type(vt) action.

       tekhide (class SmeBSB)
	       This entry invokes the set-visibility(tek,toggle) action.

   Scrollbar Resources
       The  following  resources  are  useful  when  specified	for the	Athena
       Scrollbar widget:

       background (class Background)
	       Specifies the color to use for the background of	the scrollbar.

       foreground (class Foreground)
	       Specifies the color to use for the foreground of	the scrollbar.

       thickness (class	Thickness)
	       Specifies the width in pixels of	the scrollbar (default:	14).

	       This may	be overridden by the width resource.

       thumb (class Thumb)
	       The default "thumb" pixmap used for the scrollbar is  a	simple
	       checkerboard  pattern  alternating  pixels  for	foreground and
	       background color.

       width (class Width)
	       Specifies the width in pixels of	the scrollbar (default:	0).

	       The widget checks the width resource first, using the thickness
	       value if	the width is zero.

POINTER	USAGE
       Once the	VTxxx window is	created, xterm allows you to select  text  and
       copy  it	 within	 the  same  or	other windows using the	pointer	or the
       keyboard.

       A  "pointer"  could  be	a  mouse,  touchpad  or	 similar  device.    X
       applications  generally	do not care, since they	see only button	events
       which have

          position and

          button up/down state

       Xterm can see these events as long as it	has focus.

       The keyboard also supplies events, but it is  less  flexible  than  the
       pointer for selecting/copying text.

       Events  are  applied  to	 actions using the translations	resource.  See
       Actions for a complete list, and	Default	Key Bindings for the  built-in
       set of translations resources.

   Selection Functions
       By  default,  the  selection  functions	are  invoked  when the pointer
       buttons are used	with no	modifiers, and when they  are  used  with  the
       "shift"	key.   The  "shift" key	is special, because xterm uses that to
       ensure  that  selection	functions  are	still  available  when	it  is
       programmed  to  send  escape  sequences	in one of the mouse modes (see
       Xterm Control Sequences,	as well	as the resource	disallowedMouseOps).

       At startup, xterm inspects  the	translations  resource	to  see	 which
       pointer	buttons	 may  be used in this way, and remembers these buttons
       when deciding whether to	send escape  sequences	or  perform  selection
       when  those  buttons are	used with the "shift" modifier.	 Other pointer
       buttons,	e.g., typically	those sent for wheel  mouse  events,  are  not
       affected.

       The assignment of the functions described below to keys and buttons may
       be changed through the resource database; see Actions below.

       Pointer button one (usually left)
	    is used to save text into the cut buffer:

		~Meta <Btn1Down>:select-start()

	    Move the cursor to beginning of the	text, and then hold the	button
	    down  while	 moving	 the  cursor  to  the  end  of	the region and
	    releasing the button.  The selected	text  is  highlighted  and  is
	    saved  in  the  global  cut	buffer and made	the selection when the
	    button is released:

		<BtnUp>:select-end(SELECT, CUT_BUFFER0)	\n

	    Normally (but see the discussion of	on2Clicks, etc):

	    	Double-clicking	selects	by words.

	    	Triple-clicking	selects	by lines.

	    	Quadruple-clicking goes	back to	characters, etc.

	    Multiple-click is determined by the	time from button up to	button
	    down,  so  you  can	 change	 the selection unit in the middle of a
	    selection.	Logical	words and lines	selected by double- or triple-
	    clicking may wrap across more than one screen line if  lines  were
	    wrapped  by	xterm itself rather than by the	application running in
	    the	 window.   If  the  key/button	bindings  specify  that	 an  X
	    selection  is  to  be  made,  xterm	 will  leave the selected text
	    highlighted	for as long as it is the selection owner.

       Pointer button two (usually middle)
	    "types" (pastes) the  text	from  the  given  selection,  if  any,
	    otherwise from the cut buffer, inserting it	as keyboard input:

		~Ctrl ~Meta <Btn2Up>:insert-selection(SELECT, CUT_BUFFER0)

       Pointer button three (usually right)
	    extends the	current	selection.

		~Ctrl ~Meta <Btn3Down>:start-extend()

	    (Without  loss  of	generality,  you  can  swap "right" and	"left"
	    everywhere in the rest  of	this  paragraph.)   If	pressed	 while
	    closer  to	the  right  edge  of  the  selection than the left, it
	    extends/contracts  the  right  edge	 of  the  selection.   If  you
	    contract  the selection past the left edge of the selection, xterm
	    assumes you	really meant the  left	edge,  restores	 the  original
	    selection,	then extends/contracts the left	edge of	the selection.
	    Extension  starts  in  the	selection  unit	 mode  that  the  last
	    selection or extension was performed in; you can multiple-click to
	    cycle through them.

       By  cutting  and	pasting	pieces of text without trailing	new lines, you
       can take	text from several places  in  different	 windows  and  form  a
       command	to  the	 shell,	for example, or	take output from a program and
       insert it into your favorite editor.  Since cut	buffers	 are  globally
       shared  among  different	 applications, you may regard each as a	"file"
       whose contents you know.	 The terminal emulator and other text programs
       should be treating it as	if it were a text  file,  i.e.,	 the  text  is
       delimited by new	lines.

   Scrolling
       The  scroll  region  displays the position and amount of	text currently
       showing in the window (highlighted) relative  to	 the  amount  of  text
       actually	saved.	As more	text is	saved (up to the maximum), the size of
       the highlighted area decreases.

       Clicking	 button	 one  with  the	pointer	in the scroll region moves the
       adjacent	line to	the top	of the display window.

       Clicking	button three moves the top line	of the display window down  to
       the pointer position.

       Clicking	 button	 two moves the display to a position in	the saved text
       that corresponds	to the pointer's position in the scrollbar.

   Tektronix Pointer
       Unlike the VTxxx	window,	 the  Tektronix	 window	 does  not  allow  the
       copying	of  text.   It does allow Tektronix GIN	mode, and in this mode
       the cursor will change from an arrow to a cross.	 Pressing any key will
       send that key and the current coordinate	of the cross cursor.  Pressing
       button one, two,	or three will return the letters "l",  "m",  and  "r",
       respectively.   If  the "shift" key is pressed when a pointer button is
       pressed,	the corresponding upper	case letter is sent.  To distinguish a
       pointer button from a key, the high bit of the character	 is  set  (but
       this  is	 bit is	normally stripped unless the terminal mode is RAW; see
       tty(4) for details).

SELECT/PASTE
       X clients provide select	and paste support by  responding  to  requests
       conveyed	 by  the  X  server.  The X server holds data in "atoms" which
       correspond to the different types  of  selection	 (PRIMARY,  SECONDARY,
       CLIPBOARD)  as well as the similar cut buffer mechanism (CUT_BUFFER0 to
       CUT_BUFFER7).  Those are	documented in the ICCCM.

       The ICCCM deals with the	underlying  mechanism  for  select/paste.   It
       does  not  mention  highlighting.   The	selection  is  not the same as
       highlighting.  Xterm (like many applications) uses highlighting to show
       you the currently selected text.	 An X application may own a selection,
       which allows it to be the source	of data	copied using a given selection
       atom Xterm may continue owning a	selection after	it stops  highlighting
       (see keepSelection).

   PRIMARY
       When  configured	 to use	the primary selection (the default), xterm can
       provide the selection data in  ways  which  help	 to  retain  character
       encoding	information as it is pasted.

       The  PRIMARY  token  is	a  standard X feature, documented in the ICCCM
       (Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual),	which states

	  The selection	named by the atom PRIMARY is  used  for	 all  commands
	  that	take  only  a  single  argument	 and is	the principal means of
	  communication	between	clients	that use the selection mechanism.

       A user "selects"	text on	xterm, which highlights	the selected text.   A
       subsequent  "paste"  to another client forwards a request to the	client
       owning the selection.  If xterm owns the	primary	 selection,  it	 makes
       the  data available in the form of one or more "selection targets".  If
       it does not own the primary selection, e.g., if it has released	it  or
       another client has asserted ownership, it relies	on cut-buffers to pass
       the  data.   But	 cut-buffers handle only ISO-8859-1 data (officially -
       some clients ignore the rules).

   CLIPBOARD
       When configured to  use	the  clipboard	(using	the  selectToClipboard
       resource),  the	problem	 with  persistence  of	ownership is bypassed.
       Otherwise, there	is no difference  regarding  the  data	which  can  be
       passed via selection.

       The  selectToClipboard  resource	is a compromise, allowing CLIPBOARD to
       be treated almost like  PRIMARY,	 unlike	 the  ICCCM,  which  describes
       CLIPBOARD  in  different	 terms than PRIMARY or SECONDARY.  Its lengthy
       explanation begins with the essential points:

	  The selection	named by the atom CLIPBOARD is used to hold data  that
	  is  being transferred	between	clients, that is, data that usually is
	  being	cut and	then pasted or copied and  then	 pasted.   Whenever  a
	  client wants to transfer data	to the clipboard:

	     It should	assert ownership of the	CLIPBOARD.

	     If  it succeeds in acquiring ownership, it should	be prepared to
	      respond to a request for the contents of the  CLIPBOARD  in  the
	      usual  way  (retaining  the  data	to be able to return it).  The
	      request may be  generated	 by  the  clipboard  client  described
	      below.

   SELECT
       However,	  many	applications  use  CLIPBOARD  in  imitation  of	 other
       windowing systems.  The selectToClipboard resource  (and	 corresponding
       menu  entry Select to Clipboard)	introduce the SELECT token (known only
       to xterm) which chooses between the PRIMARY and CLIPBOARD tokens.

       Without using this feature, one can use workarounds such	as  the	 xclip
       program to show the contents of the X clipboard within an xterm window.

   SECONDARY
       This  is	 used  less often than PRIMARY or CLIPBOARD.  According	to the
       ICCCM, it is used

          As the second  argument  to	commands  taking  two  arguments  (for
	   example, "exchange primary and secondary selections")

          As  a means of obtaining data when there is a primary selection and
	   the user does not want to disturb it

   Selection Targets
       The different types of  data  which  are	 passed	 depend	 on  what  the
       receiving client	asks for.  These are termed selection targets.

       When  asking for	the selection data, xterm tries	the following types in
       this order:

	    UTF8_STRING
		 This is an XFree86 extension, which denotes that the data  is
		 encoded  in  UTF-8.   When xterm is built with	wide-character
		 support, it both accepts and provides this type.

	    TEXT the text is in	the encoding which corresponds to your current
		 locale.

	    COMPOUND_TEXT
		 this is a format for multiple character  set  data,  such  as
		 multi-lingual	text.	It  can	 store UTF-8 data as a special
		 case.

	    STRING
		 This is Latin 1 (ISO-8859-1) data.

       The  middle  two	 (TEXT	and  COMPOUND_TEXT)  are  added	 if  xterm  is
       configured with the i18nSelections resource set to "true".

       UTF8_STRING  is	preferred  (therefore  first  in the list) since xterm
       stores text as Unicode data when	running	in wide-character mode,	and no
       translation is needed.  On the other hand, TEXT and  COMPOUND_TEXT  may
       require	translation.   If  the	translation  is	 incomplete, they will
       insert X's "defaultString" whose	value cannot be	set, and may simply be
       empty.  Xterm's defaultString resource specifies	the string to use  for
       incomplete translations of the UTF8_STRING.

       You can alter the types which xterm tries using the eightBitSelectTypes
       or  utf8SelectTypes  resources.	 For  instance,	 you  might  have some
       specific	locale	setting	 which	does  not  use	UTF-8  encoding.   The
       resource	 value	is  a  comma-separated	list of	the selection targets,
       which consist of	the names shown.  You can use the special name I18N to
       denote the optional inclusion of	TEXT and COMPOUND_TEXT.	 The names are
       matched ignoring	case, and can be abbreviated.  The default list	can be
       expressed in several ways, e.g.,

	      UTF8_STRING,I18N,STRING
	      utf8,i18n,string
	      u,i,s

   Mouse Protocol
       Applications can	send escape sequences to xterm to  cause  it  to  send
       escape  sequences back to the computer when you press a pointer button,
       or even (depending on which escape sequence) send escape	sequences back
       to the computer as you move the pointer.

       These escape sequences and the responses, called	 the  mouse  protocol,
       are  documented	in XTerm Control Sequences.  They do not appear	in the
       actions invoked by the translations resource because the	resource  does
       not  change  while  you	run xterm, whereas applications	can change the
       mouse prototol (i.e., enable, disable, use different modes).

       However,	the mouse protocol is interpreted within the actions that  are
       usually	associated  with the pointer buttons.  Xterm ignores the mouse
       protocol	in the insert-selection	action if the shift-key	is pressed  at
       the  same  time.	 It also modifies a few	other actions if the shift-key
       is pressed, e.g., suppressing the response with the  pointer  position,
       though not eliminating changes to the selected text.

MENUS
       Xterm  has  four	 menus,	named mainMenu,	vtMenu,	fontMenu, and tekMenu.
       Each menu pops up under the correct  combinations  of  key  and	button
       presses.	 Each menu is divided into sections, separated by a horizontal
       line.   Some  menu  entries correspond to modes that can	be altered.  A
       check mark appears next to a mode that is currently active.   Selecting
       one of these modes toggles its state.  Other menu entries are commands;
       selecting one of	these performs the indicated function.

       All  of	the  menu entries correspond to	X actions.  In the list	below,
       the menu	label is shown followed	by the action's	name in	parenthesis.

   Main	Options
       The xterm mainMenu pops up when the "control" key  and  pointer	button
       one  are	 pressed  in a window.	This menu contains items that apply to
       both the	VTxxx and Tektronix windows.  There are	several	sections:

       Commands	for managing X events:

	      Toolbar (resource	toolbar)
		     Clicking on the "Toolbar" menu entry hides	the toolbar if
		     it	is visible, and	shows it if it is not.

	      Secure Keyboard (resource	securekbd)
		     The Secure	 Keyboard  mode	 is  helpful  when  typing  in
		     passwords	 or   other  sensitive	data  in  an  unsecure
		     environment (see SECURITY below, but read the limitations
		     carefully).

	      Allow SendEvents (resource allowsends)
		     Specifies whether or not synthetic	key and	button	events
		     generated	using  the X protocol SendEvent	request	should
		     be	interpreted or discarded.   This  corresponds  to  the
		     allowSendEvents resource.

	      Redraw Window (resource redraw)
		     Forces   the   X  display	to  repaint;  useful  in  some
		     environments.

       Commands	for capturing output:

	      Log to File (resource logging)
		     Captures text sent	to the screen in a log file, as	in the
		     -l	logging	option.

	      Print-All	Immediately (resource print-immediate)
		     Invokes the print-immediate action, sending the  text  of
		     the  current  window  directly to a file, as specified by
		     the    printFileImmediate,	    printModeImmediate	   and
		     printOptsImmediate	resources.

	      Print-All	on Error (resource print-on-error)
		     Invokes  the  print-on-error action, which	toggles	a flag
		     telling xterm that	if it exits with an X error,  to  send
		     the  text	of  the	 current window	directly to a file, as
		     specified by the printFileOnXError, printModeOnXError and
		     printOptsOnXError resources.

	      Print Window (resource print)
		     Sends the text of the current window to the program given
		     in	the printerCommand resource.

	      Redirect to Printer (resource print-redir)
		     This sets the printerControlMode to 0 or 2.  You can  use
		     this to turn the printer on as if an application had sent
		     the  appropriate control sequence.	 It is also useful for
		     switching the printer off if an application turns	it  on
		     without resetting the print control mode.

	      XHTML Screen Dump	(resource dump-html)
		     Available	only  when  compiled with screen dump support.
		     Invokes the dump-html action.  This creates an XHTML file
		     matching the contents of the  current  screen,  including
		     the  border, internal border, colors and most attributes:
		     bold, italic, underline, faint, strikeout,	reverse; blink
		     is	rendered as white-on-red; double underline is rendered
		     the  same	as  underline  since  there  is	 no   portable
		     equivalent	in CSS 2.2.

		     The  font	is whatever your browser uses for preformatted
		     (<pre>) elements.	The XHTML file references a  cascading
		     style  sheet  (CSS) named "xterm.css" that	you can	create
		     to	select a font or override properties.

		     The following CSS selectors are used  with	 the  expected
		     default behavior in the XHTML file:

		     .ul for underline,
		     .bd for bold,
		     .it for italic,
		     .st for strikeout,
		     .lu for strikeout combined	with underline.

		     In	addition you may use

		     .ev to affect even	numbered lines and
		     .od to affect odd numbered	lines.

		     Attributes	 faint,	 reverse  and blink are	implemented as
		     style attributes setting color  properties.   All	colors
		     are  specified  as	 RGB  percentages  in order to support
		     displays with 10 bits per RGB.

		     The name of the file will be

			 xterm.yyyy.MM.dd.hh.mm.ss.xhtml

		     where yyyy, MM, dd, hh, mm	and ss are  the	 year,	month,
		     day,  hour,  minute  and  second when the screen dump was
		     performed (the file is created in the directory xterm  is
		     started in, or the	home directory for a login xterm).

		     The  dump-html  action  can  also	be triggered using the
		     Media Copy	control	sequence CSI 1 0 i, for	example	from a
		     shell script with

			 printf	'\033[10i'

		     Only the UTF-8 encoding is	supported.

	      SVG Screen Dump (resource	dump-svg)
		     Available only when compiled with	screen	dump  support.
		     Invokes  the  dump-svg  action.   This creates a Scalable
		     Vector Graphics (SVG) file	matching the contents  of  the
		     current  screen,  including  the border, internal border,
		     colors and	 most  attributes:  bold,  italic,  underline,
		     double  underline,	 faint,	 strikeout,  reverse; blink is
		     rendered as white-on-red.	 The  font  is	whatever  your
		     renderer  uses for	the monospace font-family.  All	colors
		     are specified as RGB  percentages	in  order  to  support
		     displays with 10 bits per RGB.

		     The name of the file will be

			 xterm.yyyy.MM.dd.hh.mm.ss.svg

		     where  yyyy,  MM,	dd, hh,	mm and ss are the year,	month,
		     day, hour,	minute and second when	the  screen  dump  was
		     performed	(the file is created in	the directory xterm is
		     started in, or the	home directory for a login xterm).

		     The dump-svg action can also be triggered using the Media
		     Copy control sequence CSI 1 1 i, for example from a shell
		     script with

			 printf	'\033[11i'

		     Only the UTF-8 encoding is	supported.

       Modes for setting keyboard style:

	      8-Bit Controls (resource 8-bit-control)
		     Enabled for VT220 emulation, this controls	whether	 xterm
		     will send 8-bit control sequences rather than using 7-bit
		     (ASCII)  controls,	 e.g.,	sending	 a  byte  in the range
		     128-159 rather than the escape character  followed	 by  a
		     second  byte.   Xterm  always  interprets	both 8-bit and
		     7-bit control sequences (see  Xterm  Control  Sequences).
		     This corresponds to the eightBitControl resource.

	      Backarrow	Key (BS/DEL) (resource backarrow key)
		     Modifies  the  behavior  of  the backarrow	key, making it
		     transmit  either  a  backspace  (8)   or	delete	 (127)
		     character.	   This	  corresponds	to   the  backarrowKey
		     resource.

	      Alt/NumLock Modifiers (resource num-lock)
		     Controls the treatment of Alt- and	NumLock-key modifiers.
		     This corresponds to the numLock resource.

	      Meta Sends Escape	(resource meta-esc)
		     Controls whether Meta keys	 are  converted	 into  a  two-
		     character	sequence with the character itself preceded by
		     ESC.  This	corresponds to the metaSendsEscape resource.

	      Delete is	DEL (resource delete-is-del)
		     Controls whether the Delete key  on  the  editing	keypad
		     should  send  DEL	(127) or the VT220-style Remove	escape
		     sequence.	This corresponds to the	deleteIsDEL resource.

	      Old Function-Keys	(resource oldFunctionKeys)

	      HP Function-Keys (resource hpFunctionKeys)

	      SCO Function-Keys	(resource scoFunctionKeys)

	      Sun Function-Keys	(resource sunFunctionKeys)

	      VT220 Keyboard (resource sunKeyboard)
		     These act as a radio-button, selecting one	style for  the
		     keyboard layout.  The layout corresponds to more than one
		     resource	  setting:    sunKeyboard,    sunFunctionKeys,
		     scoFunctionKeys and hpFunctionKeys.

       Commands	for process signalling:

	      Send STOP	Signal (resource suspend)

	      Send CONT	Signal (resource continue)

	      Send INT Signal (resource	interrupt)

	      Send HUP Signal (resource	hangup)

	      Send TERM	Signal (resource terminate)

	      Send KILL	Signal (resource kill)
		     These send	the SIGTSTP, SIGCONT, SIGINT, SIGHUP,  SIGTERM
		     and SIGKILL signals respectively, to the process group of
		     the process running under xterm (usually the shell).  The
		     SIGCONT  function	is  especially	useful if the user has
		     accidentally typed	CTRL-Z,	suspending the process.

	      Quit (resource quit)
		     Stop processing X events  except  to  support  the	 -hold
		     option,  and  then	 send  a  SIGHUP signal	to the process
		     group of the process running  under  xterm	 (usually  the
		     shell).

   VT Options
       The  xterm  vtMenu  sets	 various  modes	in the VTxxx emulation,	and is
       popped up when the "control" key	and pointer button two are pressed  in
       the VTxxx window.

       VTxxx Modes:

	      Enable Scrollbar (resource scrollbar)
		     Enable  (or  disable) the scrollbar.  This	corresponds to
		     the -sb option and	the scrollBar resource.

	      Enable Jump Scroll (resource jumpscroll)
		     Enable (or	disable) jump scrolling.  This corresponds  to
		     the -j option and the jumpScroll resource.

	      Enable Reverse Video (resource reversevideo)
		     Enable  (or  disable) reverse-video.  This	corresponds to
		     the -rv option and	the reverseVideo resource.

	      Enable Auto Wraparound (resource autowrap)
		     Enable (or	disable) auto-wraparound.  This	corresponds to
		     the -aw option and	the autoWrap resource.

	      Enable Reverse Wraparound	(resource reversewrap)
		     Enable (or	disable) reverse wraparound.  This corresponds
		     to	the -rw	option and the reverseWrap resource.

	      Enable Auto Linefeed (resource autolinefeed)
		     Enable (or	disable) auto-linefeed.	 This is the VT102 NEL
		     function, which causes the	emulator to emit a  line  feed
		     after  each  carriage  return.  There is no corresponding
		     command-line option or resource setting.

	      Enable Application Cursor	Keys (resource appcursor)
		     Enable  (or  disable)  application	 cursor	 keys.	  This
		     corresponds  to  the appcursorDefault resource.  There is
		     no	corresponding command-line option.

	      Enable Application Keypad	(resource appkeypad)
		     Enable  (or  disable)  application	 keypad	 keys.	  This
		     corresponds  to  the appkeypadDefault resource.  There is
		     no	corresponding command-line option.

	      Scroll to	Bottom on Key Press (resource scrollkey)
		     Enable (or	 disable)  scrolling  to  the  bottom  of  the
		     scrolling	region on a keypress.  This corresponds	to the
		     -sk option	and the	scrollKey resource.

		     As	a special case,	the XON	/  XOFF	 keys  (control/S  and
		     control/Q)	are ignored.

	      Scroll to	Bottom on Tty Output (resource scrollttyoutput)
		     Enable  (or  disable)  scrolling  to  the	bottom	of the
		     scrolling	region	on  output  to	the  terminal.	  This
		     corresponds  to  the  -si	option and the scrollTtyOutput
		     resource.

	      Allow 80/132 Column Switching (resource allow132)
		     Enable (or	disable) switching between 80 and 132 columns.
		     This  corresponds	to  the	 -132  option  and  the	  c132
		     resource.

	      Keep Selection (resource keepSelection)
		     Tell  xterm whether to disown the selection when it stops
		     highlighting it, e.g., when an application	 modifies  the
		     display  so  that it no longer matches the	text which has
		     been highlighted.	As long	as xterm continues to own  the
		     selection	 for   a   given  atom,	 it  can  provide  the
		     corresponding text	to other  clients  which  request  the
		     selection using that atom.

		     This corresponds to the keepSelection resource.  There is
		     no	corresponding command-line option.

		     Telling  xterm  to	 not  disown  the  selection  does not
		     prevent other applications	from taking ownership  of  the
		     selection.	    When    that   happens,   xterm   receives
		     notification that this  has  happened,  and  removes  its
		     highlighting.

		     See SELECT/PASTE for more information.

	      Select to	Clipboard (resource selectToClipboard)
		     Tell  xterm  whether  to use the PRIMARY or CLIPBOARD for
		     SELECT tokens in the  translations	 resource  which  maps
		     keyboard and mouse	actions	to select/paste	actions.

		     This   corresponds	 to  the  selectToClipboard  resource.
		     There is no corresponding command-line option.

		     The keepSelection resource	setting	applies	 to  CLIPBOARD
		     selections	 just  as  it  does  for  PRIMARY  selections.
		     However  some  window  managers   treat   the   clipboard
		     specially.	   For	 instance,  XQuartz's  synchronization
		     between the OSX pasteboard	and the	X11  clipboard	causes
		     applications  to  lose  the  selection ownership for that
		     atom when a selection is copied to	the clipboard.

		     See SELECT/PASTE for more information.

	      Enable Visual Bell (resource visualbell)
		     Enable (or	disable) visible bell (i.e., flashing) instead
		     of	an audible bell.  This corresponds to the  -vb	option
		     and the visualBell	resource.

	      Enable Bell Urgency (resource bellIsUrgent)
		     Enable  (or  disable)  Urgency  window  manager hint when
		     Control-G	is  received.	 This	corresponds   to   the
		     bellIsUrgent resource.

	      Enable Pop on Bell (resource poponbell)
		     Enable  (or disable) raising of the window	when Control-G
		     is	received.  This	corresponds to the -pop	option and the
		     popOnBell resource.

	      Enable Blinking Cursor (resource cursorblink)
		     Enable (or	disable) the  blinking-cursor  feature.	  This
		     corresponds   to  the  -bc	 option	 and  the  cursorBlink
		     resource.	There are also	escape	sequences  (see	 Xterm
		     Control Sequences):

		     	 If the	cursorBlinkXOR resource	is set,	the menu entry
			 and the escape	sequence states	will be	XOR'd: if both
			 are  enabled,	the cursor will	not blink, if only one
			 is enabled, the cursor	will blink.

		     	 If the	cursorBlinkXOR is not set; if either the  menu
			 entry	or  the	 escape	 sequence  states are set, the
			 cursor	will blink.

		     In	either case, the checkbox for the menu shows the state
		     of	the cursorBlink	resource, which	may not	correspond  to
		     what the cursor is	actually doing.

	      Enable Alternate Screen Switching	(resource titeInhibit)
		     Enable  (or  disable)  switching  between	the normal and
		     alternate screens.	 This corresponds to  the  titeInhibit
		     resource.	There is no corresponding command-line option.

	      Enable Active Icon (resource activeicon)
		     Enable   (or  disable)  the  active-icon  feature.	  This
		     corresponds  to  the  -ai	option	and   the   activeIcon
		     resource.

	      Sixel Scrolling (resource	sixelScrolling)
		     This  corresponds to the sixelScrolling resource.	It can
		     also be turned off	and on using the private  mode	DECSDM
		     (Sixel Display Mode).

		     	 When  enabled,	 xterm	draws  sixel  graphics	at the
			 current text cursor  location,	 scrolling  the	 image
			 vertically  if	 it  is	 larger	 than  the screen, and
			 leaving the text cursor at the	 same  column  in  the
			 next  complete	line after the image when returning to
			 text mode

			 This is the default, which corresponds	to  the	 reset
			 state of DECSDM.

		     	 When disabled,	xterm draws sixel graphics starting at
			 the  upper  left  of  the screen, cropping to fit the
			 screen, and does not alter the	text cursor location.

			 This corresponds to the set state of DECSDM.

		     There is no corresponding command-line option.

	      Private Color Registers (resource	privateColorRegisters)
		     If	xterm is configured to support	ReGIS  graphics,  this
		     controls whether a	private	color palette can be used.

		     When  enabled,  each graphic image	uses a separate	set of
		     color registers, so that it  essentially  has  a  private
		     palette  (this  is	 the  default).	 If it is not set, all
		     graphics images share a common set	of registers which  is
		     how  sixel	 and ReGIS graphics worked on actual hardware.
		     The default is  likely  a	more  useful  mode  on	modern
		     TrueColor hardware.

		     This  corresponds	to the privateColorRegisters resource.
		     There is no corresponding command-line option.

       VTxxx Commands:

	      Do Soft Reset (resource softreset)
		     This corresponds to the VT220 DECSTR control sequence.  A
		     soft reset	leaves the contents of the window intact,  but
		     resets modes which	affect subsequent updates:

		     Soft reset	differs	from full reset	in a minor detail:

		     	 Set  the  saved  cursor  position  to	the upper-left
			 corner	of the window.

		     	 Exit from the status-line without erasing it.

		     Both soft/full resets do the following:

		     	 Make the cursor visible, with shape  reset  according
			 to the	cursorUnderLine	and cursorBar resources.

		     	 Enable	or disable the cursor-blinking state according
			 to  the  cursorBlink  resource,  and  set  the	Enable
			 Blinking Cursor menu checkmark	to match.

		     	 Reset	 video	 attributes,   e.g.,   bold,   italic,
			 underline, blink.

		     	 Reset	the  ANSI  color  mode	to  the	 xterm default
			 foreground and	background.

		     	 Reset the 256-color palette to	its initial state.

		     	 Reset	the  selected  character  set,	e.g.,	ASCII,
			 alternate  character  set.   The  UTF-8 modes are not
			 changed.

		     	 Reset ECMA-48 KAM.

		     	 Reset	  DECCKM    and	   DECKPAM    per    resources
			 appcursorDefault and appkeypadDefault.

		     	 Reset	the  key-modifier  modes  to the values	set by
			 resources     formatOtherKeys,	     modifyCursorKeys,
			 modifyFunctionKeys,	    modifyKeyboard,	   and
			 modifyOtherKeys.

		     	 Reset origin mode (DECOM).

		     	 Reset all margins (i.e., top/bottom and  left/right).
			 This can be convenient	when some program has left the
			 scroll	regions	set incorrectly.

		     	 Set  autowrap	and  reverse wrapping according	to the
			 resource values autoWrap and reverseWrap.

		     	 Reset checksum	 extension  to	the  checksumExtension
			 resource.

	      Do Full Reset (resource hardreset)
		     A full reset does this in addition	to a soft reset:

		     	 Clear the window.

		     	 Reset tab stops to every eight	columns.

		     	 Reset the screen to match the reverseVideo resource.

		     	 Resize	 the  screen  to 80 columns if 132-column mode
			 was initially enabled with the	c132 resource.

		     	 Reset	scrolling  (jump  versus   smooth)   per   the
			 jumpScroll resource.

		     	 Enable	 linefeed  mode	(ECMA-48 LNM) and send/receive
			 mode (ECMA-48 SRM).

		     	 Reset DEC user-defined	keys (DECUDK).

		     	 Disable application mode for cursor- and  keypad-keys
			 (DECCKM, DECKPAM).

		     	 Reset	 menu	entry  8-bit  Controls,	 per  resource
			 eightBitControl.

		     	 Reset	interpretation	of  the	 backarrow  key,   per
			 initial resource settings.

		     	 Set  the  keyboard  type  according  to the resources
			 keyboardType,	  hpFunctionKeys,     scoFunctionKeys,
			 sunFunctionKeys,  tcapFunctionKeys, oldXtermFKeys and
			 sunKeyboard.

		     	 Turn mouse tracking off.

		     	 Reset	title  and   pointer   modes   per   resources
			 titleModes and	pointerMode.

		     	 Reset the readline and	bracketed paste	modes.

		     	 Discard  all  SIXEL  and  ReGIS  graphics  data  from
			 memory.

		     	 Reset sixelScrolling and  privateColorRegisters  from
			 initial resource values.

		     	 Set  DECSDM  if  the sixelScrolling resource is true.
			 Otherwise, reset DECSDM.

		     A full reset does this, unlike a soft reset:

		     	 Move the cursor  to  the  upper-left  corner  of  the
			 window, and then save that position.

		     	 Hide  the  status-line,  setting  its display-type to
			 "none".

	      Reset and	Clear Saved Lines (resource clearsavedlines)
		     Perform a full reset, and also clear the saved lines.

		     This corresponds to the VT102 RIS control sequence,  with
		     a	few obvious differences.  For example, your session is
		     not disconnected as a real	VT102 would do.

       Commands	for setting the	current	screen:

	      Show Tek Window (resource	tekshow)
		     When enabled, pops	the Tektronix 4014 window up (makes it
		     visible).	 When  disabled,  hides	 the  Tektronix	  4014
		     window.

	      Switch to	Tek Mode (resource tekmode)
		     When  enabled, pops the Tektronix 4014 window up if it is
		     not already visible, and switches	the  input  stream  to
		     that  window.   When  disabled,  hides the	Tektronix 4014
		     window and	switches input back to the VTxxx window.

	      Hide VT Window (resource vthide)
		     When enabled, hides the VTxxx window, shows the Tektronix
		     4014 window if it was not already	visible	 and  switches
		     the  input	 stream	 to that window.  When disabled, shows
		     the VTxxx window, and switches the	input stream  to  that
		     window.

	      Show Alternate Screen (resource altscreen)
		     When enabled, shows the alternate screen.	When disabled,
		     shows the normal screen.  Note that the normal screen may
		     have saved	lines; the alternate screen does not.

   VT Fonts
       The  xterm  fontMenu  pops up when the "control"	key and	pointer	button
       three are pressed in a window.  It sets the  font  used	in  the	 VTxxx
       window,	or modifies the	way the	font is	specified or displayed.	 There
       are several sections.

       The first section  allows  you  to  select  the	font  from  a  set  of
       alternatives:

	      Default (resource	fontdefault)
		     Set  the  font  to	 the  default, i.e., that given	by the
		     *VT100.font resource.

	      Unreadable (resource font1)
		     Set the font to that given	by the *VT100.font1 resource.

	      Tiny (resource font2)
		     Set the font to that given	by the *VT100.font2 resource.

	      Small (resource font3)
		     Set the font to that given	by the *VT100.font3 resource.

	      Medium (resource font4)
		     Set the font to that given	by the *VT100.font4 resource.

	      Large (resource font5)
		     Set the font to that given	by the *VT100.font5 resource.

	      Huge (resource font6)
		     Set the font to that given	by the *VT100.font6 resource.

	      Enormous (resource font7)
		     Set the font to that given	by the *VT100.font7 resource.

	      Escape Sequence (resource	fontescape)
		     This allows you to	set the	font last specified by the Set
		     Font escape sequence (see Xterm Control Sequences).

	      Selection	(resource fontsel)
		     This allows you to	set the	 font  specified  the  current
		     selection	as  a  font  name (if the PRIMARY selection is
		     owned).

       The second section allows you to	modify the way it is displayed:

	      Bold Fonts (resource allow-bold-fonts)
		     This is  normally	checked	 (enabled).   When  unchecked,
		     xterm  will  not use bold fonts.  The setting corresponds
		     to	the allowBoldFonts resource.

	      Line-Drawing Characters (resource	font-linedrawing)
		     When set,	tells  xterm  to  draw	its  own  line-drawing
		     characters.   Otherwise  it relies	on the font containing
		     these.  Compare to	the forceBoxChars resource.

	      Packed Font (resource font-packed)
		     When set, tells xterm to use the minimum glyph-width from
		     a font when displaying characters.	 Use the maximum width
		     (unchecked) to help display proportional fonts.   Compare
		     to	the forcePackedFont resource.

	      Doublesized Characters (resource font-doublesize)
		     When set, xterm may ask the font server to	produce	scaled
		     versions  of  the	normal	font,  for  VT102  double-size
		     characters.

       The third section allows	you to modify the way it is specified:

	      TrueType Fonts (resource render-font)
		     If	the renderFont and corresponding resources  were  set,
		     this is a further control whether xterm will actually use
		     the Xft library calls to obtain a font.

	      UTF-8 Encoding (resource utf8-mode)
		     This  controls  whether  xterm  uses  UTF-8  encoding  of
		     input/output.  It is  useful  for	temporarily  switching
		     xterm  to display text from an application	which does not
		     follow the	locale settings.  It corresponds to  the  utf8
		     resource.

	      UTF-8 Fonts (resource utf8-fonts)
		     This controls whether xterm uses UTF-8 fonts for display.
		     It	 is  useful for	temporarily switching xterm to display
		     text from an application which does not follow the	locale
		     settings.	It combines the	utf8 and utf8Fonts  resources,
		     subject to	the locale resource.

	      UTF-8 Titles (resource utf8-title)
		     This  controls  whether  xterm accepts UTF-8 encoding for
		     title control sequences.  It corresponds to the utf8Fonts
		     resource.

		     Initially the checkmark is	set according to both the utf8
		     and utf8Fonts resource values.  If	the latter is  set  to
		     "always",	the checkmark is disabled.  Likewise, if there
		     are no fonts given	in the	utf8Fonts  subresources,  then
		     the checkmark also	is disabled.

		     The standard XTerm	app-defaults file defines both sets of
		     fonts,  while  the	 UXTerm	app-defaults file defines only
		     one set.  Assuming	the standard app-defaults files,  this
		     command  will  launch  xterm able to switch between UTF-8
		     and ISO-8859-1 encoded fonts:

			 uxterm	-class XTerm

       The fourth section allows you to	enable or disable  special  operations
       which  can  be  controlled by writing escape sequences to the terminal.
       These are disabled if the SendEvents feature is enabled:

	      Allow Color Ops (resource	allow-color-ops)
		     This corresponds to the allowColorOps  resource.	Enable
		     or	disable	control	sequences that set/query the colors.

	      Allow Font Ops (resource allow-font-ops)
		     This corresponds to the allowFontOps resource.  Enable or
		     disable control sequences that set/query the font.

	      Allow Mouse Ops (resource	allow-mouse-ops)
		     Enable  or	 disable  control  sequences  that  cause  the
		     terminal to send escape sequences on  pointer-clicks  and
		     movement.	  This	 corresponds   to   the	 allowMouseOps
		     resource.

	      Allow Tcap Ops (resource allow-tcap-ops)
		     Enable  or	 disable  control  sequences  that  query  the
		     terminal's	notion of its function-key strings, as termcap
		     or	  terminfo  capabilities.   This  corresponds  to  the
		     allowTcapOps resource.

	      Allow Title Ops (resource	allow-title-ops)
		     Enable or	disable	 control  sequences  that  modify  the
		     window  title  or	icon  name.   This  corresponds	to the
		     allowTitleOps resource.

	      Allow Window Ops (resource allow-window-ops)
		     Enable or disable extended	window control	sequences  (as
		     used  in dtterm).	This corresponds to the	allowWindowOps
		     resource.

   Tek Options
       The xterm tekMenu sets various modes in the Tektronix emulation,	and is
       popped up when the "control" key	and pointer button two are pressed  in
       the  Tektronix  window.	 The current font size is checked in the modes
       section of the menu.

	      Large Characters (resource tektextlarge)

	      #2 Size Characters (resource tektext2)

	      #3 Size Characters (resource tektext3)

	      Small Characters (resource tektextsmall)

       Commands:

	      PAGE (resource tekpage)
		     Simulates the Tektronix "PAGE" button by

		     	 clearing the window,

		     	 cancelling the	graphics input-mode, and

		     	 moving	the cursor to the home position.

	      RESET (resource tekreset)
		     Unlike the	similarly-named	Tektronix "RESET" button, this
		     does everything that PAGE does as well as	resetting  the
		     line-type and font-size to	their default values.

	      COPY (resource tekcopy)
		     Simulates	the  Tektronix	"COPY"	button	(which makes a
		     hard-copy of the screen) by writing the information to  a
		     text file.

       Windows:

	      Show VT Window (resource vtshow)

	      Switch to	VT Mode	(resource vtmode)

	      Hide Tek Window (resource	tekhide)

SECURITY
       X environments differ in	their security consciousness.

          Most	 servers, run under xdm, are capable of	using a	"magic cookie"
	   authorization  scheme  that	can  provide  a	 reasonable  level  of
	   security  for  many	people.	  If your server is only using a host-
	   based mechanism to control access to	 the  server  (see  xhost(1)),
	   then	 if  you  enable  access  for  a host and other	users are also
	   permitted to	run clients on that same host,	it  is	possible  that
	   someone can run an application which	uses the basic services	of the
	   X  protocol	to  snoop  on your activities, potentially capturing a
	   transcript of everything you	type at	the keyboard.

          Any process which has access	to your	X display can manipulate it in
	   ways	that you might not anticipate, even redirecting	your  keyboard
	   to  itself  and sending events to your application's	windows.  This
	   is true even	with the "magic	cookie"	authorization  scheme.	 While
	   the	 allowSendEvents   provides   some  protection	against	 rogue
	   applications	tampering  with	 your  programs,  guarding  against  a
	   snooper is harder.

          The	X input	extension for instance allows an application to	bypass
	   all of the other (limited)  authorization  and  security  features,
	   including the GrabKeyboard protocol.

          The	possibility  of	an application spying on your keystrokes is of
	   particular concern when you want to type in	a  password  or	 other
	   sensitive  data.   The  best	 solution  to this problem is to use a
	   better authorization	mechanism than is provided by X.

       Subject to  all	of  these  caveats,  a	simple	mechanism  exists  for
       protecting keyboard input in xterm.

       The  xterm  menu	 (see  MENUS  above)  contains a Secure	Keyboard entry
       which, when enabled, attempts to	ensure	that  all  keyboard  input  is
       directed	only to	xterm (using the GrabKeyboard protocol request).  When
       an  application	prompts	 you for a password (or	other sensitive	data),
       you can enable Secure Keyboard using the	menu, type in  the  data,  and
       then disable Secure Keyboard using the menu again.

          This	  ensures  that	 you  know  which  window  is  accepting  your
	   keystrokes.

          It cannot ensure that there are no processes	which have  access  to
	   your	X display that might be	observing the keystrokes as well.

       Only  one X client at a time can	grab the keyboard, so when you attempt
       to enable Secure	Keyboard it may	fail.  In this	case,  the  bell  will
       sound.	If the Secure Keyboard succeeds, the foreground	and background
       colors will be exchanged	(as if you selected the	Enable	Reverse	 Video
       entry  in  the  Modes menu); they will be exchanged again when you exit
       secure mode.  If	the colors do not switch,  then	 you  should  be  very
       suspicious  that	 you  are  being  spoofed.  If the application you are
       running displays	a prompt before	asking for the password, it is	safest
       to enter	secure mode before the prompt gets displayed, and to make sure
       that  the  prompt  gets	displayed  correctly  (in  the new colors), to
       minimize	the probability	of spoofing.  You can also bring up  the  menu
       again and make sure that	a check	mark appears next to the entry.

       Secure  Keyboard	 mode  will  be	 disabled  automatically if your xterm
       window becomes iconified	(or otherwise unmapped), or if you start up  a
       reparenting window manager (that	places a title bar or other decoration
       around  the  window) while in Secure Keyboard mode.  (This is a feature
       of the X	 protocol  not	easily	overcome.)   When  this	 happens,  the
       foreground  and	background  colors  will be switched back and the bell
       will sound in warning.

CHARACTER CLASSES
       Clicking	the left pointer button	twice  in  rapid  succession  (double-
       clicking) causes	all characters of the same class (e.g.,	letters, white
       space, punctuation) to be selected as a "word".	Since different	people
       have  different	preferences  for what should be	selected (for example,
       should filenames	be selected as a whole or only the separate subnames),
       the default mapping can be overridden through the use of	the  charClass
       (class CharClass) resource.

       This resource is	a series of comma-separated range:value	pairs.

          The	range  is either a single number or low-high in	the range of 0
	   to 65535, corresponding to the code for the character or characters
	   to be set.

          The value is	arbitrary.  For	example, the default  table  uses  the
	   character number of the first character occurring in	the set.  When
	   not in UTF-8	mode, only the first 256 entries of this table will be
	   used.

       The default table starts	as follows -

	   static int charClass[256] = {
	   /* NUL  SOH	STX  ETX  EOT  ENQ  ACK	 BEL */
	       32,   1,	  1,   1,   1,	 1,   1,   1,
	   /*  BS   HT	 NL   VT   NP	CR   SO	  SI */
		1,  32,	  1,   1,   1,	 1,   1,   1,
	   /* DLE  DC1	DC2  DC3  DC4  NAK  SYN	 ETB */
		1,   1,	  1,   1,   1,	 1,   1,   1,
	   /* CAN   EM	SUB  ESC   FS	GS   RS	  US */
		1,   1,	  1,   1,   1,	 1,   1,   1,
	   /*  SP    !	  "    #    $	 %    &	   ' */
	       32,  33,	 34,  35,  36,	37,  38,  39,
	   /*	(    )	  *    +    ,	 -    .	   / */
	       40,  41,	 42,  43,  44,	45,  46,  47,
	   /*	0    1	  2    3    4	 5    6	   7 */
	       48,  48,	 48,  48,  48,	48,  48,  48,
	   /*	8    9	  :    ;    <	 =    >	   ? */
	       48,  48,	 58,  59,  60,	61,  62,  63,
	   /*	@    A	  B    C    D	 E    F	   G */
	       64,  48,	 48,  48,  48,	48,  48,  48,
	   /*	H    I	  J    K    L	 M    N	   O */
	       48,  48,	 48,  48,  48,	48,  48,  48,
	   /*	P    Q	  R    S    T	 U    V	   W */
	       48,  48,	 48,  48,  48,	48,  48,  48,
	   /*	X    Y	  Z    [    \	 ]    ^	   _ */
	       48,  48,	 48,  91,  92,	93,  94,  48,
	   /*	`    a	  b    c    d	 e    f	   g */
	       96,  48,	 48,  48,  48,	48,  48,  48,
	   /*	h    i	  j    k    l	 m    n	   o */
	       48,  48,	 48,  48,  48,	48,  48,  48,
	   /*	p    q	  r    s    t	 u    v	   w */
	       48,  48,	 48,  48,  48,	48,  48,  48,
	   /*	x    y	  z    {    |	 }    ~	 DEL */
	       48,  48,	 48, 123, 124, 125, 126,   1,
	   /* x80  x81	x82  x83  IND  NEL  SSA	 ESA */
		1,   1,	  1,   1,   1,	 1,   1,   1,
	   /* HTS  HTJ	VTS  PLD  PLU	RI  SS2	 SS3 */
		1,   1,	  1,   1,   1,	 1,   1,   1,
	   /* DCS  PU1	PU2  STS  CCH	MW  SPA	 EPA */
		1,   1,	  1,   1,   1,	 1,   1,   1,
	   /* x98  x99	x9A  CSI   ST  OSC   PM	 APC */
		1,   1,	  1,   1,   1,	 1,   1,   1,
	   /*	-    i	 c/    L   ox	Y-    |	  So */
	      160, 161,	162, 163, 164, 165, 166, 167,
	   /*  ..   c0	 ip   <<    _	     R0	   - */
	      168, 169,	170, 171, 172, 173, 174, 175,
	   /*	o   +-	  2    3    '	 u   q|	   . */
	      176, 177,	178, 179, 180, 181, 182, 183,
	   /*	,    1	  2   >>  1/4  1/2  3/4	   ? */
	      184, 185,	186, 187, 188, 189, 190, 191,
	   /*  A`   A'	 A^   A~   A:	Ao   AE	  C, */
	       48,  48,	 48,  48,  48,	48,  48,  48,
	   /*  E`   E'	 E^   E:   I`	I'   I^	  I: */
	       48,  48,	 48,  48,  48,	48,  48,  48,
	   /*  D-   N~	 O`   O'   O^	O~   O:	   X */
	       48,  48,	 48,  48,  48,	48,  48, 215,
	   /*  O/   U`	 U'   U^   U:	Y'    P	   B */
	       48,  48,	 48,  48,  48,	48,  48,  48,
	   /*  a`   a'	 a^   a~   a:	ao   ae	  c, */
	       48,  48,	 48,  48,  48,	48,  48,  48,
	   /*  e`   e'	 e^   e:   i`	i'   i^	  i: */
	       48,  48,	 48,  48,  48,	48,  48,  48,
	   /*	d   n~	 o`   o'   o^	o~   o:	  -: */
	       48,  48,	 48,  48,  48,	48,  48, 247,
	   /*  o/   u`	 u'   u^   u:	y'    P	  y: */
	       48,  48,	 48,  48,  48,	48,  48,  48};

	      For  example,  the string	"33:48,37:48,45-47:48,38:48" indicates
	      that the exclamation mark, percent sign,	dash,  period,	slash,
	      and  ampersand  characters  should  be  treated  the same	way as
	      characters and numbers.  This is useful for cutting and  pasting
	      electronic mailing addresses and filenames.

KEY BINDINGS
       It  is  possible	 to  rebind  keys  (or sequences of keys) to arbitrary
       strings for input, by changing the translations resources for the vt100
       or tek4014 widgets.  Changing  the  translations	 resource  for	events
       other  than  key	 and  button  events  is  not expected,	and will cause
       unpredictable behavior.

   Actions
       The following actions are provided for use within the vt100 or  tek4014
       translations resources:

       allow-bold-fonts(on/off/toggle)
	       This action sets, unsets	or toggles the allowBoldFonts resource
	       and is also invoked by the allow-bold-fonts entry in fontMenu.

       allow-color-ops(on/off/toggle)
	       This  action sets, unsets or toggles the	allowColorOps resource
	       and is also invoked by the allow-color-ops entry	in fontMenu.

       allow-font-ops(on/off/toggle)
	       This action sets, unsets	or toggles the	allowFontOps  resource
	       and is also invoked by the allow-font-ops entry in fontMenu.

       allow-mouse-ops(on/off/toggle)
	       This  action sets, unsets or toggles the	allowMouseOps resource
	       and is also invoked by the allow-mouse-ops entry	in fontMenu.

       allow-send-events(on/off/toggle)
	       This  action  sets,  unsets  or	toggles	 the   allowSendEvents
	       resource	 and  is  also	invoked	 by  the  allowsends  entry in
	       mainMenu.

       allow-tcap-ops(on/off/toggle)
	       This action sets, unsets	or toggles the	allowTcapOps  resource
	       and is also invoked by the allow-tcap-ops entry in fontMenu.

       allow-title-ops(on/off/toggle)
	       This  action sets, unsets or toggles the	allowTitleOps resource
	       and is also invoked by the allow-title-ops entry	in fontMenu.

       allow-window-ops(on/off/toggle)
	       This action sets, unsets	or toggles the allowWindowOps resource
	       and is also invoked by the allow-window-ops entry in fontMenu.

       alt-sends-escape()
	       This action toggles the state of	the altSendsEscape resource.

       bell([percent])
	       This action rings the keyboard bell at the specified percentage
	       above or	below the base volume.

       clear-saved-lines()
	       This action does	hard-reset() and also clears  the  history  of
	       lines saved off the top of the screen.  It is also invoked from
	       the  clearsavedlines  entry in vtMenu.  The effect is identical
	       to a hardware reset (RIS) control sequence.

       copy-selection(destname [, ...])
	       This action puts	the currently selected text into  all  of  the
	       selections   or	 cutbuffers  specified	by  destname.	Unlike
	       select-end, it does not send  a	mouse  position	 or  otherwise
	       modify the internal selection state.

       create-menu(m/v/f/t)
	       This  action  creates one of the	menus used by xterm, if	it has
	       not been	previously created.  The parameter values are the menu
	       names: mainMenu,	vtMenu,	fontMenu, tekMenu, respectively.

       dabbrev-expand()
	       Expands the word	before cursor by searching  in	the  preceding
	       text  on	 the  screen  and  in  the scrollback buffer for words
	       starting	with that  abbreviation.   Repeating  dabbrev-expand()
	       several times in	sequence searches for an alternative expansion
	       by looking farther back.	 Lack of more matches is signaled by a
	       bell.   Attempts	 to expand an empty word (i.e.,	when cursor is
	       preceded	by a space) yield  successively	 all  previous	words.
	       Consecutive identical expansions	are ignored.  The word here is
	       defined	as  a  sequence	 of  non-whitespace  characters.  This
	       feature	 partially   emulates	the   behavior	 of   "dynamic
	       abbreviation" expansion in Emacs	(bound there to	M-/).  Here is
	       a resource setting for xterm which will do the same thing:

		   *VT100*translations:	   #override \n\
			   Meta	<KeyPress> /:dabbrev-expand()

       deiconify()
	       Changes the window state	back to	normal,	if it was iconified.

       delete-is-del()
	       This action toggles the state of	the deleteIsDEL	resource.

       dired-button()
	       Handles	a  button  event  (other  than	press  and release) by
	       echoing the event's position (i.e., character line and  column)
	       in the following	format:

		   ^X ESC G <line+" "> <col+" ">

       dump-html()
	       Invokes the XHTML Screen	Dump feature.

       dump-svg()
	       Invokes the SVG Screen Dump feature.

       exec-formatted(format, sourcename [, ...])
	       Execute	an  external  command, using the current selection for
	       part of the command's parameters.  The first parameter,	format
	       gives  the  basic  command.   Succeeding	parameters specify the
	       selection source	as in insert-selection.

	       The format parameter allows these substitutions:

	       %%   inserts a "%".

	       %P   the	screen-position	at the beginning  of  the  highlighted
		    region,  as	 a  semicolon-separated	pair of	integers using
		    the	values that the	CUP control sequence would use.

	       %p   the	screen-position	after the beginning of the highlighted
		    region, using the same convention as "%P".

	       %S   the	length of the string that "%s" would insert.

	       %s   the	content	of the selection, unmodified.

	       %T   the	length of the string that "%t" would insert.

	       %t   the	selection,  trimmed  of	 leading/trailing  whitespace.
		    Embedded spaces (and newlines) are copied as is.

	       %R   the	length of the string that "%r" would insert.

	       %r   the	selection, trimmed of trailing whitespace.

	       %V   the	 video	attributes at the beginning of the highlighted
		    region, as a semicolon-separated list  of  integers	 using
		    the	values that the	SGR control sequence would use.

	       %v   the	 video	attributes  after  the	end of the highlighted
		    region, using the same convention as "%V".

	       After constructing the command-string, xterm forks a subprocess
	       and executes the	 command,  which  completes  independently  of
	       xterm.

	       For  example, this translation would invoke a new xterm process
	       to view a file whose name is selected while holding  the	 shift
	       key  down.  The new process is started when the mouse button is
	       released:

		   *VT100*translations:	#override Shift	\
		       <Btn1Up>:exec-formatted("xterm -e view '%t'", SELECT)

       exec-selectable(format, onClicks)
	       Execute an external command, using data copied from the	screen
	       for  part  of  the  command's parameters.  The first parameter,
	       format gives the	 basic	command	 as  in	 exec-formatted.   The
	       second  parameter  specifies the	method for copying the data as
	       in the on2Clicks	resource.

       fullscreen(on/off/toggle)
	       This action sets, unsets	or toggles the fullscreen resource.

       hard-reset()
	       This action resets the scrolling	region,	tabs, window size, and
	       cursor keys and clears the screen.  It is also invoked from the
	       hardreset entry in vtMenu.

       iconify()
	       Iconifies the window.

       ignore()
	       This action ignores the event but checks	 for  special  pointer
	       position	escape sequences.

       insert()
	       This action inserts the character or string associated with the
	       key that	was pressed.

       insert-eight-bit()
	       This   action  inserts  an  eight-bit  (Meta)  version  of  the
	       character or string associated with the key that	 was  pressed.
	       Only  single-byte  values  are  treated	specially.   The exact
	       action depends on the  value  of	 the  altSendsEscape  and  the
	       metaSendsEscape	 and   the   eightBitInput   resources.	   The
	       metaSendsEscape	 resource   is	 tested	  first.    See	   the
	       eightBitInput resource for a full discussion.

	       The  term "eight-bit" is	misleading: xterm checks if the	key is
	       in the range 128	to 255 (the eighth bit is set).	 If the	 value
	       is  in  that range, depending on	the resource values, xterm may
	       then do one of the following:

	          add 128 to the value, setting its eighth bit,

	          send	an ESC byte before the key, or

	          send	the key	unaltered.

       insert-formatted(format,	sourcename [, ...])
	       Insert the current selection or data related to it,  formatted.
	       The  first parameter, format gives the template for the data as
	       in exec-formatted.  Succeeding parameters specify the selection
	       source as in insert-selection.

       insert-selectable(format, onClicks)
	       Insert data copied  from	 the  screen,  formatted.   The	 first
	       parameter,  format  gives  the  template	 for  the  data	 as in
	       exec-formatted.	The second parameter specifies the method  for
	       copying the data	as in the on2Clicks resource.

       insert-selection(sourcename [, ...])
	       This  action  inserts  the  string  found  in  the selection or
	       cutbuffer indicated by sourcename.  Sources are checked in  the
	       order   given   (case  is  significant)	until  one  is	found.
	       Commonly-used  selections  include:  PRIMARY,  SECONDARY,   and
	       CLIPBOARD.  Cut buffers are typically named CUT_BUFFER0 through
	       CUT_BUFFER7.

       insert-seven-bit()
	       This action is a	synonym	for insert().  The term	"seven-bit" is
	       misleading:  it only implies that xterm does not	try to add 128
	       to the key's value as in	insert-eight-bit().

       interpret(control-sequence)
	       Interpret the given control  sequence  locally,	i.e.,  without
	       passing	it  to	the host.  This	works by inserting the control
	       sequence	at the front of	the input buffer.  Use "\"  to	escape
	       octal  digits  in  the  string.	Xt does	not allow you to put a
	       null character (i.e., "\000") in	the string.

       keymap(name)
	       This action dynamically defines a new translation  table	 whose
	       resource	  name	 is  name  with	 the  suffix  "Keymap"	(i.e.,
	       nameKeymap, where case is significant).	The name None restores
	       the original translation	table.

       larger-vt-font()
	       Set the font  to	 the  next  larger  one,  based	 on  the  font
	       dimensions.  See	also set-vt-font().

       load-vt-fonts(name[,class])
	       Load fontnames from the given subresource name and class.  That
	       is, load	the "*VT100.name.font",	resource as "*VT100.font" etc.
	       If no name is given, the	original set of	fontnames is restored.

	       Unlike  set-vt-font(),  this  does  not	affect the escape- and
	       select-fonts, since those are not based on resource values.  It
	       does affect the fonts loosely  organized	 under	the  "Default"
	       menu    entry,	including   font,   boldFont,	wideFont   and
	       wideBoldFont.

       maximize()
	       Resizes the window to fill the screen.

       meta-sends-escape()
	       This action toggles the state of	the metaSendsEscape resource.

       pointer-button()
	       Use this	action as a fall-back  to  handle  button  press-  and
	       release-events for the mouse control sequence protocol when the
	       selection-related   translations	  are	suppressed   with  the
	       omitTranslation resource.

       pointer-motion()
	       Use this	action as a fall-back to handle	motion-events for  the
	       mouse  control  sequence	 protocol  when	 the selection-related
	       translations are	suppressed with	the omitTranslation resource.

       popup-menu(menuname)
	       This action displays the	specified  popup  menu.	  Valid	 names
	       (case is	significant) include:  mainMenu, vtMenu, fontMenu, and
	       tekMenu.

       print(printer-flags)
	       This action prints the window.  It is also invoked by the print
	       entry in	mainMenu.

	       The  action  accepts  optional  parameters,  which  temporarily
	       override	resource settings.  The	parameter values  are  matched
	       ignoring	case:

	       noFormFeed
		    no	form  feed  will  be  sent at the end of the last line
		    printed (i.e., printerFormFeed is "false").

	       FormFeed
		    a form feed	will be	sent at	 the  end  of  the  last  line
		    printed (i.e., printerFormFeed is "true").

	       noNewLine
		    no	newline	 will  be  sent	 at  the  end of the last line
		    printed, and wrapped lines	will  be  combined  into  long
		    lines (i.e., printerNewLine	is "false").

	       NewLine
		    a  newline	will  be  sent	at  the	 end  of the last line
		    printed, and each  line  will  be  limited	(by  adding  a
		    newline)  to  the  screen  width  (i.e., printerNewLine is
		    "true").

	       noAttrs
		    the	  page	 is   printed	without	  attributes	(i.e.,
		    printAttributes is "0").

	       monoAttrs
		    the	 page  is  printed  with monochrome (vt220) attributes
		    (i.e., printAttributes is "1").

	       colorAttrs
		    the	page is	printed	 with  ANSI  color  attributes	(i.e.,
		    printAttributes is "2").

       print-everything(printer-flags)
	       This  action  sends the entire text history, in addition	to the
	       text  currently	visible,  to  the   program   given   in   the
	       printerCommand	resource.    It	  allows   the	same  optional
	       parameters as  the  print  action.   With  a  suitable  printer
	       command,	 the action can	be used	to load	the text history in an
	       editor.

       print-immediate()
	       Sends the text of the current window directly  to  a  file,  as
	       specified  by  the  printFileImmediate,	printModeImmediate and
	       printOptsImmediate resources.

       print-on-error()
	       Toggles a flag telling xterm that if it exits with an X	error,
	       to  send	 the text of the current window	directly to a file, as
	       specified  by  the  printFileOnXError,  printModeOnXError   and
	       printOptsOnXError resources.

       print-redir()
	       This  action  toggles  the  printerControlMode between 0	and 2.
	       The corresponding popup menu entry is useful for	switching  the
	       printer off if you happen to change your	mind after deciding to
	       print random binary files on the	terminal.

       quit()
	       This  action sends a SIGHUP to the subprogram and exits.	 It is
	       also invoked by the quit	entry in mainMenu.

       readline-button()
	       Supports	the optional  readline	feature	 by  echoing  repeated
	       cursor  forward or backward control sequences on	button release
	       event, to request that the host application update  its	notion
	       of the cursor's position	to match the button event.

       redraw()
	       This  action  redraws  the  window.   It	is also	invoked	by the
	       redraw entry in mainMenu.

       restore()
	       Restores	the window to the size before it was last maximized.

       scroll-back(count [,units [,mouse] ])
	       This action scrolls the text window backward so that text  that
	       had  previously	scrolled  off  the  top	 of  the screen	is now
	       visible.

	       The count argument indicates the	number of units	(which may  be
	       page,  halfpage,	 pixel,	 or  line)  by which to	scroll.	 If no
	       count parameter is given, xterm uses the	number of lines	 given
	       by the scrollLines resource.

	       An  adjustment  can be specified	for the	page or	halfpage units
	       by appending a "+" or "-" sign  followed	 by  a	number,	 e.g.,
	       page-2 to specify 2 lines less than a page.

	       If the second parameter is omitted "lines" is used.

	       If  the	third  parameter mouse is given, the action is ignored
	       when mouse reporting is enabled.

       scroll-forw(count [,units [,mouse] ])
	       This action is similar to scroll-back except that it scrolls in
	       the other direction.

       scroll-lock(on/off/toggle)
	       This action sets, unsets	or toggles internal state which	 tells
	       xterm   whether	 Scroll	  Lock	 is  active,  subject  to  the
	       allowScrollLock resource.

       scroll-to(count)
	       Scroll to the given line	 relative  to  the  beginning  of  the
	       saved-lines.   For instance, "scroll-to(0)" would scroll	to the
	       beginning.  Two special nonnumeric parameters are recognized:

	       scroll-to(begin)
		       Scroll to the beginning of the saved lines.

	       scroll-to(end)
		       Scroll to the end of the	 saved	lines,	i.e.,  to  the
		       currently active	page.

       secure()
	       This  action  toggles  the Secure Keyboard mode (see SECURITY),
	       and is invoked from the securekbd entry in mainMenu.

       select-cursor-end(destname [, ...])
	       This action is similar to select-end except that	it  should  be
	       used with select-cursor-start.

       select-cursor-extend()
	       This  action  is	similar	to select-extend except	that it	should
	       be used with select-cursor-start.

       select-cursor-start()
	       This action is similar to select-start except  that  it	begins
	       the selection at	the current text cursor	position.

       select-end(destname [, ...])
	       This  action  puts  the currently selected text into all	of the
	       selections or cutbuffers	specified by destname.	It also	 sends
	       a  mouse	 position  and updates the internal selection state to
	       reflect the end of the selection	process.

       select-extend()
	       This action tracks the pointer and extends the  selection.   It
	       should only be bound to Motion events.

       select-set()
	       This  action  stores  text  that	 corresponds  to  the  current
	       selection, without affecting the	selection mode.

       select-start()
	       This action  begins  text  selection  at	 the  current  pointer
	       location.   See the section on POINTER USAGE for	information on
	       making selections.

	       If xterm	is configured to support block-selection, this	action
	       accepts	a  parameter "block" which initiates a block-selection
	       rather than the default character-oriented selection.

       send-signal(signame)
	       This action sends the signal named  by  signame	to  the	 xterm
	       subprocess  (the	shell or program specified with	the -e command
	       line option).  It is also invoked  by  the  suspend,  continue,
	       interrupt,  hangup,  terminate,	and  kill entries in mainMenu.
	       Allowable signal	names are (case	is not significant): tstp  (if
	       supported  by  the  operating  system), suspend (same as	tstp),
	       cont (if	supported by the operating system),  int,  hup,	 term,
	       quit, alrm, alarm (same as alrm)	and kill.

       set-8-bit-control(on/off/toggle)
	       This   action  sets,  unsets  or	 toggles  the  eightBitControl
	       resource.  It is	also invoked from the 8-bit-control  entry  in
	       vtMenu.

       set-allow132(on/off/toggle)
	       This  action  sets, unsets or toggles the c132 resource.	 It is
	       also invoked from the allow132 entry in vtMenu.

       set-altscreen(on/off/toggle)
	       This action sets, unsets	or toggles between the	alternate  and
	       current screens.

       set-appcursor(on/off/toggle)
	       This  action  sets,  unsets or toggles the handling Application
	       Cursor Key mode and is also invoked by the appcursor  entry  in
	       vtMenu.

       set-appkeypad(on/off/toggle)
	       This action sets, unsets	or toggles the handling	of Application
	       Keypad  mode  and  is  also  invoked  by	the appkeypad entry in
	       vtMenu.

       set-autolinefeed(on/off/toggle)
	       This action sets, unsets	or toggles automatic insertion of line
	       feeds.  It is also invoked by the autolinefeed entry in vtMenu.

       set-autowrap(on/off/toggle)
	       This action sets, unsets	or toggles automatic wrapping of  long
	       lines.  It is also invoked by the autowrap entry	in vtMenu.

       set-backarrow(on/off/toggle)
	       This  action sets, unsets or toggles the	backarrowKey resource.
	       It is also invoked from the backarrow key entry in vtMenu.

       set-bellIsUrgent(on/off/toggle)
	       This action sets, unsets	or toggles the bellIsUrgent  resource.
	       It is also invoked by the bellIsUrgent entry in vtMenu.

       set-cursesemul(on/off/toggle)
	       This action sets, unsets	or toggles the curses resource.	 It is
	       also invoked from the cursesemul	entry in vtMenu.

       set-cursorblink(on/off/toggle)
	       This  action  sets, unsets or toggles the cursorBlink resource.
	       It is also invoked from the cursorblink entry in	vtMenu.

       set-font-doublesize(on/off/toggle)
	       This  action  sets,  unsets  or	toggles	  the	fontDoublesize
	       resource.   It  is also invoked by the font-doublesize entry in
	       fontMenu.

       set-font-linedrawing(on/off/toggle)
	       This action sets, unsets	or toggles the xterm's state regarding
	       whether	the  current  font  has	 line-drawing  characters  and
	       whether	it  should  draw them directly.	 It is also invoked by
	       the font-linedrawing entry in fontMenu.

       set-font-packed(on/off/toggle)
	       This  action  sets,  unsets  or	toggles	 the   forcePackedFont
	       resource	 which	controls  use of the font's minimum or maximum
	       glyph width.  It	is also	invoked	by the	font-packed  entry  in
	       fontMenu.

       set-hp-function-keys(on/off/toggle)
	       This   action   sets,  unsets  or  toggles  the	hpFunctionKeys
	       resource.  It is	also invoked by	the  hpFunctionKeys  entry  in
	       mainMenu.

       set-jumpscroll(on/off/toggle)
	       This  action  sets,  unsets or toggles the jumpscroll resource.
	       It is also invoked by the jumpscroll entry in vtMenu.

       set-keep-clipboard(on/off/toggle)
	       This action sets, unsets	or toggles the keepClipboard resource.

       set-keep-selection(on/off/toggle)
	       This action sets, unsets	or toggles the keepSelection resource.
	       It is also invoked by the keepSelection entry in	vtMenu.

       set-logging(on/off/toggle)
	       This action sets, unsets	or toggles the state  of  the  logging
	       option.

       set-marginbell(on/off/toggle)
	       This action sets, unsets	or toggles the marginBell resource.

       set-num-lock(on/off/toggle)
	       This action toggles the state of	the numLock resource.

       set-old-function-keys(on/off/toggle)
	       This  action  sets,  unsets  or	toggles	 the  state  of	legacy
	       function	keys.  It is also invoked by the oldFunctionKeys entry
	       in mainMenu.

       set-pop-on-bell(on/off/toggle)
	       This action sets, unsets	or toggles the popOnBell resource.  It
	       is also invoked by the poponbell	entry in vtMenu.

       set-private-colors(on/off/toggle)
	       This action sets, unsets	or toggles  the	 privateColorRegisters
	       resource.

       set-render-font(on/off/toggle)
	       This  action  sets,  unsets or toggles the renderFont resource.
	       It is also invoked by the render-font entry in fontMenu.

       set-reverse-video(on/off/toggle)
	       This action sets, unsets	or toggles the reverseVideo  resource.
	       It is also invoked by the reversevideo entry in vtMenu.

       set-reversewrap(on/off/toggle)
	       This  action  sets, unsets or toggles the reverseWrap resource.
	       It is also invoked by the reversewrap entry in vtMenu.

       set-sco-function-keys(on/off/toggle)
	       This  action  sets,  unsets  or	toggles	 the   scoFunctionKeys
	       resource.   It  is also invoked by the scoFunctionKeys entry in
	       mainMenu.

       set-scroll-on-key(on/off/toggle)
	       This action sets, unsets	or toggles the scrollKey resource.  It
	       is also invoked from the	scrollkey entry	in vtMenu.

       set-scroll-on-tty-output(on/off/toggle)
	       This  action  sets,  unsets  or	toggles	 the   scrollTtyOutput
	       resource.  It is	also invoked from the scrollttyoutput entry in
	       vtMenu.

       set-scrollbar(on/off/toggle)
	       This action sets, unsets	or toggles the scrollbar resource.  It
	       is also invoked by the scrollbar	entry in vtMenu.

       set-select(on/off/toggle)
	       This  action  sets,  unsets  or	toggles	 the selectToClipboard
	       resource.  It is	also invoked by	the selectToClipboard entry in
	       vtMenu.

       set-sixel-scrolling(on/off/toggle)
	       This  action  toggles  between  inline  (sixel  scrolling)  and
	       absolute	 positioning.	It  can	 also  be  controlled  via DEC
	       private mode 80 (DECSDM)	or from	the  sixelScrolling  entry  in
	       the btMenu.

       set-sun-function-keys(on/off/toggle)
	       This   action  sets,  unsets  or	 toggles  the  sunFunctionKeys
	       resource.  It is	also invoked by	the sunFunctionKeys  entry  in
	       mainMenu.

       set-sun-keyboard(on/off/toggle)
	       This  action  sets, unsets or toggles the sunKeyboard resource.
	       It is also invoked by the sunKeyboard entry in mainMenu.

       set-tek-text(large/2/3/small)
	       This action sets	the font used in the Tektronix window  to  the
	       value  of the selected resource according to the	argument.  The
	       argument	can be either a	keyword	 or  single-letter  alias,  as
	       shown in	parentheses:

	       large (l)
		    Use	resource fontLarge, same as menu entry tektextlarge.

	       two (2)
		    Use	resource font2,	same as	menu entry tektext2.

	       three (3)
		    Use	resource font3,	same as	menu entry tektext3.

	       small (s)
		    Use	resource fontSmall, same as menu entry tektextsmall.

       set-terminal-type(type)
	       This  action  directs  output  to either	the vt or tek windows,
	       according to the	type  string.	It  is	also  invoked  by  the
	       tekmode entry in	vtMenu and the vtmode entry in tekMenu.

       set-titeInhibit(on/off/toggle)
	       This  action  sets, unsets or toggles the titeInhibit resource,
	       which controls switching	 between  the  alternate  and  current
	       screens.

       set-toolbar(on/off/toggle)
	       This action sets, unsets	or toggles the toolbar feature.	 It is
	       also invoked by the toolbar entry in mainMenu.

       set-utf8-fonts(on/off/toggle)
	       This action sets, unsets	or toggles the utf8Fonts resource.  It
	       is also invoked by the utf8-fonts entry in fontMenu.

       set-utf8-mode(on/off/toggle)
	       This  action  sets, unsets or toggles the utf8 resource.	 It is
	       also invoked by the utf8-mode entry in fontMenu.

       set-utf8-title(on/off/toggle)
	       This action sets, unsets	or toggles the utf8Title resource.  It
	       is also invoked by the utf8-title entry in fontMenu.

       set-visibility(vt/tek,on/off/toggle)
	       This action sets, unsets	or toggles whether or not  the	vt  or
	       tek  windows  are visible.  It is also invoked from the tekshow
	       and vthide entries in vtMenu and	the vtshow and tekhide entries
	       in tekMenu.

       set-visual-bell(on/off/toggle)
	       This action sets, unsets	or toggles  the	 visualBell  resource.
	       It is also invoked by the visualbell entry in vtMenu.

       set-vt-font(d/1/2/3/4/5/6/7/e/s [,normalfont [, boldfont]])
	       This  action sets the font or fonts currently being used	in the
	       VTxxx window.  The first	argument is a  single  character  that
	       specifies the font to be	used:

	       d  or D indicate	the default font (the font initially used when
		      xterm was	started),

	       1 through 7 indicate the	fonts specified	by the	font1  through
		      font7 resources,

	       e  or  E	 indicate the normal and bold fonts that have been set
		      through escape codes (or specified  as  the  second  and
		      third action arguments, respectively), and

	       s or S indicate the font	selection (as made by programs such as
		      xfontsel(1)) indicated by	the second action argument.

	       If   xterm   is	configured  to	support	 wide  characters,  an
	       additional two optional parameters are  recognized  for	the  e
	       argument: wide font and wide bold font.

       smaller-vt-font()
	       Set  the	 font  to  the	next  smaller  one,  based on the font
	       dimensions.  See	also set-vt-font().

       soft-reset()
	       This action resets the scrolling	region.	 It  is	 also  invoked
	       from the	softreset entry	in vtMenu.  The	effect is identical to
	       a soft reset (DECSTR) control sequence.

       spawn-new-terminal(params)
	       Spawn  a	new xterm process.  This is available on systems which
	       have a modern version of	the process filesystem,	e.g., "/proc",
	       which xterm can read.

	       Use the "cwd" process entry, e.g.,  /proc/12345/cwd  to	obtain
	       the  working  directory	of the process which is	running	in the
	       current xterm.

	       On  systems  which  have	 the  "exe"   process	entry,	 e.g.,
	       /proc/12345/exe,	 use  this  to	obtain	the actual executable.
	       Otherwise, use the $PATH	variable to find xterm.

	       If parameters are given in the action, pass  them  to  the  new
	       xterm process.

       start-cursor-extend()
	       This  action  is	 similar  to  select-extend  except  that  the
	       selection is extended to	the current text cursor	position.

       start-extend()
	       This  action  is	 similar  to  select-start  except  that   the
	       selection is extended to	the current pointer location.

       string(string)
	       This action inserts the specified text string as	if it had been
	       typed.	 Quotation   is	  necessary  if	 the  string  contains
	       whitespace  or  non-alphanumeric	 characters.   If  the	string
	       argument	 begins	with the characters "0x", it is	interpreted as
	       a hex character constant.

       tek-copy()
	       This action copies  the	escape	codes  used  to	 generate  the
	       current	window	contents  to  a	 file in the current directory
	       beginning with the name COPY.  It  is  also  invoked  from  the
	       tekcopy entry in	tekMenu.

       tek-page()
	       This action clears the Tektronix	window.	 It is also invoked by
	       the tekpage entry in tekMenu.

       tek-reset()
	       This action resets the Tektronix	window.	 It is also invoked by
	       the tekreset entry in tekMenu.

       vi-button()
	       Handles	a  button  event  (other  than	press  and release) by
	       echoing a control  sequence  computed  from  the	 event's  line
	       number in the screen relative to	the current line:

		   ESC ^P

	       or

		   ESC ^N

	       according  to whether the event is before, or after the current
	       line, respectively.  The	^N (or ^P) is repeated once  for  each
	       line that the event differs from	the current line.  The control
	       sequence	 is  omitted  altogether if the	button event is	on the
	       current line.

       visual-bell()
	       This action flashes the window quickly.

       The Tektronix window also has the following action:

       gin-press(l/L/m/M/r/R)
	       This action sends the indicated graphics	input code.

   Default Key Bindings
       The default bindings in the VTxxx window	use the	SELECT token, which is
       set by the selectToClipboard resource.  These are for the vt100 widget:

		     Shift <KeyPress> Prior:scroll-back(1,halfpage) \n\
		      Shift <KeyPress> Next:scroll-forw(1,halfpage) \n\
		    Shift <KeyPress> Select:select-cursor-start() \
					    select-cursor-end(SELECT, CUT_BUFFER0) \n\
		    Shift <KeyPress> Insert:insert-selection(SELECT, CUT_BUFFER0) \n\
			    Alt	<Key>Return:fullscreen() \n\
		   <KeyRelease>	Scroll_Lock:scroll-lock() \n\
	       Shift~Ctrl <KeyPress> KP_Add:larger-vt-font() \n\
	       Shift Ctrl <KeyPress> KP_Add:smaller-vt-font() \n\
	       Shift <KeyPress>	KP_Subtract:smaller-vt-font() \n\
			   ~Meta <KeyPress>:insert-seven-bit() \n\
			    Meta <KeyPress>:insert-eight-bit() \n\
			   !Ctrl <Btn1Down>:popup-menu(mainMenu) \n\
		      !Lock Ctrl <Btn1Down>:popup-menu(mainMenu) \n\
	    !Lock Ctrl @Num_Lock <Btn1Down>:popup-menu(mainMenu) \n\
		! @Num_Lock Ctrl <Btn1Down>:popup-menu(mainMenu) \n\
			    Meta <Btn1Down>:select-start(block)	\n\
			   ~Meta <Btn1Down>:select-start() \n\
			 ~Meta <Btn1Motion>:select-extend() \n\
			   !Ctrl <Btn2Down>:popup-menu(vtMenu) \n\
		      !Lock Ctrl <Btn2Down>:popup-menu(vtMenu) \n\
	    !Lock Ctrl @Num_Lock <Btn2Down>:popup-menu(vtMenu) \n\
		! @Num_Lock Ctrl <Btn2Down>:popup-menu(vtMenu) \n\
		     ~Ctrl ~Meta <Btn2Down>:ignore() \n\
			    Meta <Btn2Down>:clear-saved-lines()	\n\
		       ~Ctrl ~Meta <Btn2Up>:insert-selection(SELECT, CUT_BUFFER0) \n\
			   !Ctrl <Btn3Down>:popup-menu(fontMenu) \n\
		      !Lock Ctrl <Btn3Down>:popup-menu(fontMenu) \n\
	    !Lock Ctrl @Num_Lock <Btn3Down>:popup-menu(fontMenu) \n\
		! @Num_Lock Ctrl <Btn3Down>:popup-menu(fontMenu) \n\
		     ~Ctrl ~Meta <Btn3Down>:start-extend() \n\
			 ~Meta <Btn3Motion>:select-extend() \n\
			    Ctrl <Btn4Down>:scroll-back(1,halfpage,m) \n\
		       Lock Ctrl <Btn4Down>:scroll-back(1,halfpage,m) \n\
	     Lock @Num_Lock Ctrl <Btn4Down>:scroll-back(1,halfpage,m) \n\
		  @Num_Lock Ctrl <Btn4Down>:scroll-back(1,halfpage,m) \n\
				 <Btn4Down>:scroll-back(5,line,m)     \n\
			    Ctrl <Btn5Down>:scroll-forw(1,halfpage,m) \n\
		       Lock Ctrl <Btn5Down>:scroll-forw(1,halfpage,m) \n\
	     Lock @Num_Lock Ctrl <Btn5Down>:scroll-forw(1,halfpage,m) \n\
		  @Num_Lock Ctrl <Btn5Down>:scroll-forw(1,halfpage,m) \n\
				 <Btn5Down>:scroll-forw(5,line,m)     \n\
				    <BtnUp>:select-end(SELECT, CUT_BUFFER0) \n\
				<BtnMotion>:pointer-motion() \n\
				  <BtnDown>:pointer-button() \n\
				    <BtnUp>:pointer-button() \n\
				  <BtnDown>:ignore()

       The default bindings in the Tektronix window  are  analogous  but  less
       extensive.  These are for the tek4014 widget:

			    ~Meta<KeyPress>: insert-seven-bit()	\n\
			     Meta<KeyPress>: insert-eight-bit()	\n\
			   !Ctrl <Btn1Down>: popup-menu(mainMenu) \n\
		      !Lock Ctrl <Btn1Down>: popup-menu(mainMenu) \n\
	    !Lock Ctrl @Num_Lock <Btn1Down>: popup-menu(mainMenu) \n\
		 !Ctrl @Num_Lock <Btn1Down>: popup-menu(mainMenu) \n\
			   !Ctrl <Btn2Down>: popup-menu(tekMenu) \n\
		      !Lock Ctrl <Btn2Down>: popup-menu(tekMenu) \n\
	    !Lock Ctrl @Num_Lock <Btn2Down>: popup-menu(tekMenu) \n\
		 !Ctrl @Num_Lock <Btn2Down>: popup-menu(tekMenu) \n\
		      Shift ~Meta<Btn1Down>: gin-press(L) \n\
			    ~Meta<Btn1Down>: gin-press(l) \n\
		      Shift ~Meta<Btn2Down>: gin-press(M) \n\
			    ~Meta<Btn2Down>: gin-press(m) \n\
		      Shift ~Meta<Btn3Down>: gin-press(R) \n\
			    ~Meta<Btn3Down>: gin-press(r)

   Custom Key Bindings
       You  can	modify the translations	resource by overriding parts of	it, or
       merging your resources with it.

       Here is an example which	uses  shifted  select/paste  to	 copy  to  the
       clipboard,  and	unshifted  select/paste	for the	primary	selection.  In
       each case, a (different)	cut buffer is also a target or source  of  the
       select/paste  operation.	 It is important to remember however, that cut
       buffers store data in ISO-8859-1	encoding, while	selections  can	 store
       data  in	 a  variety  of	 formats  and encodings.  While	xterm owns the
       selection, it highlights	it.  When it loses the selection,  it  removes
       the  corresponding  highlight.	But  you  can  still  paste  from  the
       corresponding cut buffer.

	   *VT100*translations:	   #override \n\
	      ~Shift~Ctrl<Btn2Up>: insert-selection(PRIMARY, CUT_BUFFER0) \n\
	       Shift~Ctrl<Btn2Up>: insert-selection(CLIPBOARD, CUT_BUFFER1) \n\
	      ~Shift	 <BtnUp> : select-end(PRIMARY, CUT_BUFFER0) \n\
	       Shift	 <BtnUp> : select-end(CLIPBOARD, CUT_BUFFER1)

       In the example, the class name VT100 is used  rather  than  the	widget
       name.   These  are different; a class name could	apply to more than one
       widget.	A leading "*" is used because the widget hierarchy  above  the
       vt100  widget  depends  on whether the toolbar support is compiled into
       xterm.

       Most of the predefined translations are related to the  mouse,  with  a
       few  that  use  some of the special keys	on the keyboard.  Applications
       use  special  keys  (function-keys,  cursor-keys,   keypad-keys)	  with
       modifiers  (shift, control, alt).  If xterm defines a translation for a
       given  combination  of  special	key  and  modifier,  that   makes   it
       unavailable for use by applications within the terminal.	 For instance,
       one might extend	the use	of Page	Up and Page Down keys seen here:

	       Shift <KeyPress>	Prior :	scroll-back(1,halfpage)	\n\
	       Shift <KeyPress>	Next  :	scroll-forw(1,halfpage)	\n\

       to the Home and End keys:

	       Shift <KeyPress>	Home : scroll-to(begin)	\n\
	       Shift <KeyPress>	End  : scroll-to(end)

       but  then  shift-Home  and  shift-End  would  then  be  unavailable  to
       applications.

       Not everyone finds the three-button mouse bindings easy to use.	 In  a
       wheel  mouse, the middle	button might be	the wheel.  As an alternative,
       you could add a binding using shifted keys:

	   *VT100*translations:	     #override \n\
	       Shift <Key>Home:	   copy-selection(SELECT) \n\
	       Shift <Key>Insert:  copy-selection(SELECT) \n\
	       Ctrl Shift <Key>C:  copy-selection(SELECT) \n\
	       Ctrl Shift <Key>V:  insert-selection(SELECT)

       You would still use the left- and right-mouse buttons (typically	1  and
       3) for beginning	and extending selections.

       Besides	mouse  problems,  there	 are  also keyboards with inconvenient
       layouts.	 Some lack a numeric keypad, making it hard to use the shifted
       keypad plus and minus bindings for switching between font  sizes.   You
       can  work around	that by	assigning the actions to more readily accessed
       keys:

	   *VT100*translations:	     #override \n\
	       Ctrl <Key> +:	   larger-vt-font() \n\
	       Ctrl <Key> -:	   smaller-vt-font()

       The keymap feature allows you to	switch between sets  of	 translations.
       The  sample  below  shows  how  the  keymap() action may	be used	to add
       special keys for	entering commonly-typed	words:

	   *VT100.Translations:	#override <Key>F13: keymap(dbx)
	   *VT100.dbxKeymap.translations: \
		   <Key>F14:	   keymap(None)	\n\
		   <Key>F17:	   string("next") \n\
				   string(0x0d)	\n\
		   <Key>F18:	   string("step") \n\
				   string(0x0d)	\n\
		   <Key>F19:	   string("continue") \n\
				   string(0x0d)	\n\
		   <Key>F20:	   string("print ") \n\
				   insert-selection(PRIMARY, CUT_BUFFER0)

   Default Scrollbar Bindings
       Key bindings are	normally associated with the vt100 or tek4014  widgets
       which  act as terminal emulators.  Xterm's scrollbar (and toolbar if it
       is configured) are separate widgets.  Because all of these  use	the  X
       Toolkit,	  they	 have  corresponding  translations  resources.	 Those
       resources  are  distinct,  and  match  different	 patterns,  e.g.,  the
       differences  in	widget-name and	number of levels of widgets which they
       may contain.

       The scrollbar widget is a child of the vt100 widget.  It	is  positioned
       on  top	of the vt100 widget.  Toggling the scrollbar on	and off	causes
       the vt100 widget	to resize.

       The default bindings for	the scrollbar  widget  use  only  mouse-button
       events:

	      <Btn5Down>: StartScroll(Forward) \n\
	      <Btn1Down>: StartScroll(Forward) \n\
	      <Btn2Down>: StartScroll(Continuous) MoveThumb() NotifyThumb() \n\
	      <Btn3Down>: StartScroll(Backward)	\n\
	      <Btn4Down>: StartScroll(Backward)	\n\
	      <Btn2Motion>: MoveThumb()	NotifyThumb() \n\
	      <BtnUp>:	  NotifyScroll(Proportional) EndScroll()

       Events which the	scrollbar widget does not recognize at all are lost.

       However,	at startup, xterm augments these translations with the default
       translations  used  for	the  vt100  widget, together with the resource
       "actions" which those translations  use.	  Because  the	scrollbar  (or
       menubar)	 widgets  do not recognize these actions (but because it has a
       corresponding translation), they	are passed on to the vt100 widget.

       This augmenting of the scrollbar's translations has a few limitations:

          Xterm knows what the	default	translations  are,  but	 there	is  no
	   suitable  library  interface	 for determining what customizations a
	   user	may have added to the vt100 widget.  All that xterm can	do  is
	   augment the scrollbar widget	to give	it the same starting point for
	   further customization by the	user.

          Events in the gap between the widgets may be	lost.

          Compose  sequences  begun  in one widget cannot be completed	in the
	   other, because the input methods  for  each	widget	do  not	 share
	   context information.

       Most  customizations  of	 the scrollbar translations do not concern key
       bindings.  Rather, users	are generally more interested in changing  the
       bindings	 of  the mouse buttons.	 For example, some people prefer using
       the left	pointer	button for dragging the	scrollbar thumb.  That can  be
       set up by altering the translations resource, e.g.,

	   *VT100.scrollbar.translations:  #override \n\
	      <Btn5Down>:     StartScroll(Forward) \n\
	      <Btn1Down>:     StartScroll(Continuous) MoveThumb() NotifyThumb()	\n\
	      <Btn4Down>:     StartScroll(Backward) \n\
	      <Btn1Motion>:   MoveThumb() NotifyThumb()	\n\
	      <BtnUp>:	      NotifyScroll(Proportional) EndScroll()

CONTROL	SEQUENCES AND KEYBOARD
       Applications can	send sequences of characters to	the terminal to	change
       its behavior.  Often they are referred to as "ANSI escape sequences" or
       just plain "escape sequences" but both terms are	misleading:

          ANSI	x3.64 (obsolete) which was replaced by ISO 6429	(ECMA-48) gave
	   rules for the format	of these sequences of characters.

          While the original VT100 was	claimed	to be ANSI-compatible (against
	   x3.64),  there  is no freely	available version of the ANSI standard
	   to show where the VT100  differs.   Most  of	 the  documents	 which
	   mention  the	ANSI standard have additions not found in the original
	   (such as those based	on ansi.sys).  So this discussion  focuses  on
	   the ISO standards.

          The	standard  describes  only  sequences sent from the host	to the
	   terminal.  There is no standard for sequences sent by special  keys
	   from	 the  terminal	to  the	host.  By convention (and referring to
	   existing terminals),	the format of those sequences usually conforms
	   to the host-to-terminal standard.

          Some	of xterm's sequences do	not  fit  into	the  standard  scheme.
	   Technically	those  are  "unspecified".   As	an example, DEC	Screen
	   Alignment Test (DECALN) is this three-character sequence:

	       ESC # 8

          Some	sequences fit into the standard	format,	but are	not listed  in
	   the	standard.   These  include  the	 sequences used	for setting up
	   scrolling margins and doing forward/reverse scrolling.

          Some	 of  the  sequences  (in  particular,	the   single-character
	   functions  such  as	tab  and  backspace) do	not include the	escape
	   character.

       With all	of that	in mind, the standard refers  to  these	 sequences  of
       characters as "control sequences".

       Xterm   Control	 Sequences   lists  the	 control  sequences  which  an
       application can send xterm to make it perform various operations.  Most
       of these	operations are standardized, from either the DEC or  Tektronix
       terminals, or from more widely used standards such as ISO-6429.

       A few examples of usage are given in this section.

   Window and Icon Titles
       Some  scripts  use  echo	 with  options	-e and -n to tell the shell to
       interpret the string "\e" as the	escape character  and  to  suppress  a
       trailing	 newline  on output.  Those are	not portable, nor recommended.
       Instead,	use printf(1) (POSIX).

       For example, to set the window title to "Hello world!", you  could  use
       one of these commands in	a script:

	   printf '\033]2;Hello	world!\033\\'
	   printf '\033]2;Hello	world!\007'
	   printf '\033]2;%s\033\\' "Hello world!"
	   printf '\033]2;%s\007' "Hello world!"

       The printf(1) command interprets	the octal value	"\033" for escape, and
       (since  it  was	not given in the format) omits a trailing newline from
       the output.

       Some programs (such as screen(1)) set both window- and  icon-titles  at
       the same	time, using a slightly different control sequence:

	   printf '\033]0;Hello	world!\033\\'
	   printf '\033]0;Hello	world!\007'
	   printf '\033]0;%s\033\\' "Hello world!"
	   printf '\033]0;%s\007' "Hello world!"

       The  difference	is  the	 parameter  "0"	 in each command.  Most	window
       managers	will honor either window title or icon title.  Some will  make
       a  distinction  and allow you to	set just the icon title.  You can tell
       xterm to	ask for	 this  with  a	different  parameter  in  the  control
       sequence:

	   printf '\033]1;Hello	world!\033\\'
	   printf '\033]1;Hello	world!\007'
	   printf '\033]1;%s\033\\' "Hello world!"
	   printf '\033]1;%s\007' "Hello world!"

   Special Keys
       Xterm,  like  any VT100-compatible terminal emulator, has two modes for
       the special keys	(cursor-keys, numeric keypad,  and  certain  function-
       keys):

          normal  mode,  which	 makes	the  special  keys  transmit  "useful"
	   sequences such as the control sequence for cursor-up	when  pressing
	   the up-arrow, and

          application	mode,  which  uses  a  different control sequence that
	   cannot be mistaken for the "useful" sequences.

       The main	difference between the two modes is that normal	mode sequences
       start with CSI (escape [) and application mode sequences	start with SS3
       (escape O).

       The terminal is initialized into	one of these two  modes	 (usually  the
       normal  mode), based on the terminal description	(termcap or terminfo).
       The terminal description	also has capabilities  (strings)  defined  for
       the keypad mode used in curses applications.

       There  is  a problem in using the terminal description for applications
       that are	not  intended  to  be  full-screen  curses  applications:  the
       definitions of special keys are only correct for	this keypad mode.  For
       example,	 some  shells  (unlike ksh(1), which appears to	be hard-coded,
       not even	using termcap) allow their users  to  customize	 key-bindings,
       assigning shell actions to special keys.

          bash(1)  allows constant strings to be assigned to functions.  This
	   is only successful if the terminal is  initialized  to  application
	   mode	 by  default, because bash lacks flexibility in	this area.  It
	   uses	a (less	expressive than	bash's)	 readline  scripting  language
	   for	setting	 up  key  bindings,  which  relies  upon  the  user to
	   statically enumerate	the possible  bindings	for  given  values  of
	   $TERM.

          zsh(1)  provides  an	 analogous  feature,  but  it  accepts runtime
	   expressions,	as well	as providing a $terminfo  array	 for  scripts.
	   In particular, one can use the terminal database, transforming when
	   defining a key-binding.  By transforming the	output so that CSI and
	   SS3 are equated, zsh	can use	the terminal database to obtain	useful
	   definitions	for  its  command-line	use  regardless	of whether the
	   terminal uses normal	or application mode  initially.	  Here	is  an
	   example:

	       [[ "$terminfo[kcuu1]" ==	"^[O"* ]] && \
	       bindkey -M viins	"${terminfo[kcuu1]/O/[}" \
	       vi-up-line-or-history

   Changing Colors
       A  few  shell  programs	provide	the ability for	users to add color and
       other video attributes to the shell prompt strings.  Users can do  this
       by  setting $PS1	(the primary prompt string).  Again, bash and zsh have
       provided	features not found in ksh.  There is a problem,	 however:  the
       prompt's	 width	on  the	screen will not	necessarily be the same	as the
       number of characters.  Because  there  is  no  guidance	in  the	 POSIX
       standard, each shell addresses the problem in a different way:

          bash	 treats	 characters within "\["	and "\]" as nonprinting	(using
	   no width on the screen).

          zsh treats characters within	"%{" and "%}" as nonprinting.

       In addition to the difference in	syntax,	the shells  provide  different
       methods for obtaining useful escape sequences:

          As  noted in	Special	Keys, zsh initializes the $terminfo array with
	   the terminal	capabilities.

	   It also provides a function echoti  which  works  like  tput(1)  to
	   convert  a  terminal	 capability  with its parameters into a	string
	   that	can be written to the terminal.

          Shells lacking a comparable feature (such as	bash) can  always  use
	   the program tput(1) to do this transformation.

       Hard-coded  escape  sequences  are supported by each shell, but are not
       recommended because  those  rely	 upon  particular  configurations  and
       cannot be easily	moved between different	user environments.

ENVIRONMENT
       Xterm sets several environment variables.

   System Independent
       Some variables are used on every	system:

       DISPLAY
	    is	the  display name, pointing to the X server (see DISPLAY NAMES
	    in X(1)).

       TERM
	    is set according to	the terminfo (or termcap) entry	 which	it  is
	    using as a reference.

	    On	some  systems,	you  may  encounter situations where the shell
	    which you use and xterm are	built using libraries  with  different
	    terminal  databases.   In  that  situation,	 xterm	may  choose  a
	    terminal description not known to the shell.

       WINDOWID
	    is set to the X window id number of	the xterm window.

       XTERM_FILTER
	    is set if a	locale-filter is used.	The value is the  pathname  of
	    the	filter.

       XTERM_LOCALE
	    shows  the	locale which was used by xterm on startup.  Some shell
	    initialization scripts may set a different locale.

       XTERM_SHELL
	    is set to the pathname of the program which	is  invoked.   Usually
	    that  is  a	 shell	program,  e.g.,	 /bin/sh.   Since  it  is  not
	    necessarily	a shell	program	however, it is distinct	from "SHELL".

       XTERM_VERSION
	    is set to the string displayed by the -version  option.   That  is
	    normally  an  identifier  for the X	Window libraries used to build
	    xterm, followed by xterm's patch number in parenthesis.  The patch
	    number is  also  part  of  the  response  to  a  Secondary	Device
	    Attributes (DA) control sequence (see Xterm	Control	Sequences).

   System Dependent
       Depending  on  your  system  configuration,  xterm  may	also  set  the
       following:

       COLUMNS
	    the	width of the xterm in characters (cf: "stty columns").

	    When this variable is set, curses applications (and	most  terminal
	    programs) will assume that the terminal has	this many columns.

	    Xterm  would do this for systems which have	no ability to tell the
	    size of the	terminal.  Those are very rare,	none  newer  than  the
	    mid	1990s when SVR4	became prevalent.

       HOME
	    when xterm is configured (at build-time) to	update utmp.

       LINES
	    the	height of the xterm in characters (cf: "stty rows").

	    When  this variable	is set,	curses applications (and most terminal
	    programs) will assume  that	 the  terminal	has  this  many	 lines
	    (rows).

	    Xterm  would do this for systems which have	no ability to tell the
	    size of the	terminal.  Those are very rare,	none  newer  than  the
	    mid	1990s when SVR4	became prevalent.

       LOGNAME
	    when xterm is configured (at build-time) to	update utmp.

	    Your  configuration	 may  have  set	LOGNAME; xterm does not	modify
	    that.  If it is unset, xterm will use USER if it is	set.  Finally,
	    if neither is set, xterm will use the getlogin(3) function.

       SHELL
	    when xterm is configured (at build-time) to	update	utmp.	It  is
	    also  set  if  you	provide	 a  valid  shell  name as the optional
	    parameter.

	    Xterm sets this to an absolute pathname.   If  you	have  set  the
	    variable  to  a relative pathname, xterm may set it	to a different
	    shell pathname.

	    If you have	set this to an pathname	which does not correspond to a
	    valid shell, xterm may unset it, to	avoid confusion.

       TERMCAP
	    the	contents of the	termcap	entry  corresponding  to  $TERM,  with
	    lines  and	columns	 values	substituted for	the actual size	window
	    you	have created.

	    This  feature  is,	like  LINES  and  COLUMNS,  used  rarely.   It
	    addresses  the same	limitation of a	few older systems by providing
	    a way for termcap-based applications to  get  the  initial	screen
	    size.

       TERMINFO
	    may	 be  defined  to  a  nonstandard  location using the configure
	    script.

WINDOW PROPERTIES
       In the output from xprop(1), there are several properties.

   Properties set by X Toolkit
       WM_CLASS
	    This shows the instance name and the X resource class, passed to X
	    Toolkit during initialization of xterm, e.g.,

		WM_CLASS(STRING) = "xterm", "UXTerm"

       WM_CLIENT_LEADER
	    This shows the window-id which xterm provides with an  environment
	    variable (WINDOWID), e.g.,

		WM_CLIENT_LEADER(WINDOW): window id # 0x800023

       WM_COMMAND
	    This  shows	 the command-line arguments for	xterm which are	passed
	    to X Toolkit during	initialization,	e.g.,

		WM_COMMAND(STRING) = { "xterm",	"-class", "UXTerm", "-title", "uxterm",	"-u8" }

       WM_ICON_NAME
	    This holds the icon	title, which different window managers	handle
	    in	 various   ways.    It	is  set	 via  the  iconName  resource.
	    Applications can change this using control sequences.

       WM_LOCALE_NAME
	    This shows the result  from	 the  setlocale(3)  function  for  the
	    LC_CTYPE category, e.g.,

		WM_LOCALE_NAME(STRING) = "en_US.UTF-8"

       WM_NAME
	    This  holds	 the  window  title,  normally	at  the	top of xterm's
	    window.  It	is set	via  the  title	 resource.   Applications  can
	    change this	using control sequences.

   Properties set by Xterm
       X Toolkit does not manage EWMH properties.  Xterm does this directly.

       _NET_WM_ICON_NAME
	    stores the icon name.

       _NET_WM_NAME
	    stores the title string.

       _NET_WM_PID
	    stores the process identifier for xterm's display.

   Properties used by Xterm
       _NET_SUPPORTED
	    Xterm  checks  this	property on the	supporting window to decide if
	    the	window manager supports	specific maximizing styles.  That  may
	    include other window manager hints;	xterm uses the X library calls
	    to manage those.

       _NET_SUPPORTING_WM_CHECK
	    Xterm  checks  this	 to  ensure  that it will only update the EWMH
	    properties for a window manager which claims EWMH compliance.

       _NET_WM_STATE
	    This tells xterm whether its window	 has  been  maximized  by  the
	    window manager, and	if so, what type of maximizing:

	    _NET_WM_STATE_FULLSCREEN

	    _NET_WM_STATE_MAXIMIZED_HORZ

	    _NET_WM_STATE_MAXIMIZED_VERT

FILES
       The actual pathnames given may differ on	your system.

       /etc/shells
	    contains  a	 list of valid shell programs, used by xterm to	decide
	    if the "SHELL" environment variable	should be set for the  process
	    started by xterm.

	    On	systems	 which	have the getusershell function,	xterm will use
	    that function rather than directly reading	the  file,  since  the
	    file may not be present if the system uses default settings.

       /var/run/utmp
	    the	system log file, which records user logins.

       /var/log/wtmp
	    the	system log file, which records user logins and logouts.

       /usr/local/lib/X11/app-defaults/XTerm
	    the	xterm default application resources.

       /usr/local/lib/X11/app-defaults/XTerm-color
	    the	 xterm	color application resources.  If your display supports
	    color, use this

		*customization:	-color

	    in your .Xdefaults file to automatically use  this	resource  file
	    rather  than /usr/local/lib/X11/app-defaults/XTerm.	 If you	do not
	    do this, xterm uses	its compiled-in	default	resource settings  for
	    colors.

       /usr/local/share/pixmaps
	    the	directory in which xterm's pixmap icon files are installed.

ERROR MESSAGES
       Most of the fatal error messages	from xterm use the following format:

	   xterm: Error	XXX, errno YYY:	ZZZ

       The  XXX	 codes	(which	are used by xterm as its exit-code) are	listed
       below, with a brief explanation.

       1    ERROR_MISC
	    miscellaneous errors, usually accompanied by a specific message,

       11   ERROR_FIONBIO
	    main: ioctl() failed on FIONBIO

       12   ERROR_F_GETFL
	    main: ioctl() failed on F_GETFL

       13   ERROR_F_SETFL
	    main: ioctl() failed on F_SETFL

       14   ERROR_OPDEVTTY
	    spawn: open() failed on /dev/tty

       15   ERROR_TIOCGETP
	    spawn: ioctl() failed on TIOCGETP

       17   ERROR_PTSNAME
	    spawn: ptsname() failed

       18   ERROR_OPPTSNAME
	    spawn: open() failed on ptsname

       19   ERROR_PTEM
	    spawn: ioctl() failed on I_PUSH/"ptem"

       20   ERROR_CONSEM
	    spawn: ioctl() failed on I_PUSH/"consem"

       21   ERROR_LDTERM
	    spawn: ioctl() failed on I_PUSH/"ldterm"

       22   ERROR_TTCOMPAT
	    spawn: ioctl() failed on I_PUSH/"ttcompat"

       23   ERROR_TIOCSETP
	    spawn: ioctl() failed on TIOCSETP

       24   ERROR_TIOCSETC
	    spawn: ioctl() failed on TIOCSETC

       25   ERROR_TIOCSETD
	    spawn: ioctl() failed on TIOCSETD

       26   ERROR_TIOCSLTC
	    spawn: ioctl() failed on TIOCSLTC

       27   ERROR_TIOCLSET
	    spawn: ioctl() failed on TIOCLSET

       28   ERROR_INIGROUPS
	    spawn: initgroups()	failed

       29   ERROR_FORK
	    spawn: fork() failed

       30   ERROR_EXEC
	    spawn: exec() failed

       32   ERROR_PTYS
	    get_pty: not enough	ptys

       34   ERROR_PTY_EXEC
	    waiting for	initial	map

       35   ERROR_SETUID
	    spawn: setuid() failed

       36   ERROR_INIT
	    spawn: can't initialize window

       46   ERROR_TIOCKSET
	    spawn: ioctl() failed on TIOCKSET

       47   ERROR_TIOCKSETC
	    spawn: ioctl() failed on TIOCKSETC

       49   ERROR_LUMALLOC
	    luit: command-line malloc failed

       50   ERROR_SELECT
	    in_put: select() failed

       54   ERROR_VINIT
	    VTInit: can't initialize window

       57   ERROR_KMMALLOC1
	    HandleKeymapChange:	malloc failed

       60   ERROR_TSELECT
	    Tinput: select() failed

       64   ERROR_TINIT
	    TekInit: can't initialize window

       71   ERROR_BMALLOC2
	    SaltTextAway: malloc() failed

       80   ERROR_LOGEXEC
	    StartLog: exec() failed

       83   ERROR_XERROR
	    xerror: XError event

       84   ERROR_XIOERROR
	    xioerror: X	I/O error

       85   ERROR_ICEERROR
	    ICE	I/O error

       90   ERROR_SCALLOC
	    Alloc: calloc() failed on base

       91   ERROR_SCALLOC2
	    Alloc: calloc() failed on rows

       102  ERROR_SAVE_PTR
	    ScrnPointers: malloc/realloc() failed

BUGS
       Large pastes do not work	on some	systems.  This is not a	bug in	xterm;
       it  is  a  bug  in  the pseudo terminal driver of those systems.	 Xterm
       feeds large pastes to the pty only as fast as the pty will accept data,
       but some	pty drivers do not return enough information to	 know  if  the
       write has succeeded.

       When  connected to an input method, it is possible for xterm to hang if
       the XIM server is suspended or killed.

       Many of the options are not resettable after xterm starts.

       This program still needs	to be rewritten.  It should be split into very
       modular sections, with the various emulators being completely  separate
       widgets	that  do not know about	each other.  Ideally, you'd like to be
       able to pick and	choose emulator	widgets	and stick them into  a	single
       control widget.

       There  needs  to	 be  a	dialog box to allow entry of the Tek COPY file
       name.

AUTHORS
       Far too many people.

       These contributed to the	X Consortium: Loretta Guarino  Reid  (DEC-UEG-
       WSL),  Joel  McCormack  (DEC-UEG-WSL),  Terry  Weissman	(DEC-UEG-WSL),
       Edward Moy (Berkeley), Ralph R. Swick  (MIT-Athena),  Mark  Vandevoorde
       (MIT-Athena),  Bob  McNamara  (DEC-MAD),	 Jim  Gettys (MIT-Athena), Bob
       Scheifler  (MIT	X  Consortium),	 Doug  Mink  (SAO),   Steve   Pitschke
       (Stellar), Ron Newman (MIT-Athena), Jim Fulton (MIT X Consortium), Dave
       Serisky (HP), Jonathan Kamens (MIT-Athena).

       Beginning  with XFree86,	there were far more identifiable contributors.
       The THANKS file in xterm's source lists 243 in June 2022.  Keep in mind
       these: Jason Bacon, Jens	Schweikhardt, Ross  Combs,  Stephen  P.	 Wall,
       David Wexelblat,	and Thomas Dickey (invisible-island.net).

SEE ALSO
       resize(1), luit(1), uxterm(1), X(1), Xcursor(1),	pty(4),	tty(4)

       Xterm Control Sequences (this is	the file ctlseqs.ms).

	   https://invisible-island.net/xterm/xterm.html
	   https://invisible-island.net/xterm/manpage/xterm.html
	   https://invisible-island.net/xterm/ctlseqs/ctlseqs.html
	   https://invisible-island.net/xterm/xterm.faq.html
	   https://invisible-island.net/xterm/xterm.log.html

       X Toolkit Intrinsics - C	Language Interface (Xt),
       Joel McCormack, Paul Asente, Ralph R. Swick (1994),
       Thomas E. Dickey	(2019).

       Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual (ICCCM),
       David Rosenthal and Stuart W. Marks (version 2.0, 1994).

       Extended	Window Manager Hints (EWMH),
       X Desktop Group (version	1.3, 2005).

       EWMH uses UTF8_STRING pervasively without defining it, but does mention
       the  ICCCM.   Version 2.0 of the	ICCCM does not address UTF-8.  That is
       an extension added in XFree86.

          Markus Kuhn summarized this in UTF-8	and Unicode FAQ	for Unix/Linux
	   (2001), in the section "Is X11 ready	for Unicode?"

	   https://www.cl.cam.ac.uk/~mgk25/unicode.html

          Juliusz Chroboczek  proposed	 the  UTF8_STRING  selection  atom  in
	   1999/2000, which became part	of the ICCCM in	XFree86.

	   https://www.irif.fr/~jch/software/UTF8_STRING/

	   An  Xorg  developer	removed	that part of the documentation in 2004
	   when	incorporating other work from XFree86 into Xorg.  The  feature
	   is still supported in Xorg, though undocumented as of 2019.

Patch #397			  2025-01-05			      XTERM(1)

Want to link to this manual page? Use this URL:
<https://man.freebsd.org/cgi/man.cgi?query=xterm&sektion=1&manpath=FreeBSD+14.3-RELEASE+and+Ports>

home | help